KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE CO
10-K, 1999-03-30
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: FORT JAMES CORP, 11-K, 1999-03-30
Next: KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE CO, DEF 14A, 1999-03-30



                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C. 20549


                                      FORM 10-K


[X]  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED] For the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 1998

[ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE  REQUIRED] For the  Transition  Period from to
     Commission File Number 2-40764


                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


               Missouri                                        44-0308260
    (State or Other Jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
     Incorporation or Organization)                      Identification Number)


  3520 Broadway, Kansas City, Missouri                         64111-2565
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                       (Zip Code)


         Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:   816-753-7000


             SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                              Name of Each Exchange on
             Title of Each Class                  Which Registered

                    None                                 None

             SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

                                        None
                                  (Title of Class)


     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports re-
quired to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                           Yes    X             No

     As of February 26, 1999,  6,201,665  shares of the Company's  capital stock
par value $2.50 were  outstanding,  and the aggregate market value of the common
stock (based upon the average bid and asked price according to Company  records)
of Kansas City Life Insurance Company held by  non-affiliates  was approximately
$165,045,561. Part II


                         Documents Incorporated by Reference

Item 5:   Market for Registrant's Common           Page 33 of Annual Report to
          Equity and Related Stockholder           Shareholders for the year
          Matters.                                 ended December 31, 1998.

Item 6:   Selected Financial Data.                 Page 14 of Annual Report to
                                                   Shareholders for the year
                                                   ended December 31, 1998.

Item 7:   Management's Discussion                  Pages 12 through 15 of Annual
          and Analysis of Financial                Report to Shareholders for
          Condition and Results of                 the year ended December 31,
          Operations.                              1998.

Item 7A:  Quantitative and Qualitative             Pages 14 and 15 of Annual
          Disclosures about Market Risk            Report to Shareholders for
                                                   the year ended December 31,
                                                   1998.

Item 8:   Financial Statements and                Pages 16 through 29 of Annual
          Supplementary Data.                     Report to Shareholders for the
                                                  year ended December 31, 1998.



Part IV

Index to Exhibits                                  Page 16

                                     PART I


Item 1.  BUSINESS

     Kansas City Life Insurance Company (KCL) was incorporated under the assess-
ment laws of Missouri  in 1895 as the Bankers  Life  Association.  In 1900,  its
present  corporate  title was adopted and it was  reorganized as a legal reserve
company in 1903. The Company  operates  nationwide,  being licensed in 49 states
and the District of Columbia.

     The Company primarily operates in four business segments:  Kansas City Life
Insurance Company, divided between its individual and group businesses,  and its
two insurance affiliates,  Sunset Life Insurance Company of America (Sunset) and
Old  American  Insurance  Company  (Old  American).  KCL markets its  individual
products, principally interest sensitive and variable products, through a career
general  agency  sales force and these  products  generate  42% of  consolidated
insur- ance revenues.  Variable  universal life and annuities totaled 49% of new
statutory  premiums in 1998. The group  products,  largely life,  disability and
administrative  services  only,  are sold through the general agency sales force
and  appointed  group  agents.  Group  revenues  account  for  19% of  insurance
revenues.   Sunset  markets  interest  sensitive  and  traditional  products  to
individuals  through a  personal  pro-  ducing  general  agency  system.  Sunset
operates in 24 states generally west of the Mississippi and is in the process of
filing for  admission to operate in most of the remaining  states.  This segment
provides 10% of  revenues.  The Old American  segment  markets  whole life final
expense  products to seniors through a general agency sales force.  Old American
operates in 46 states and accounts for 29% of consolidated insurance revenues.

     Old American's  administrative operations are merged into KCL's home office
and  its  administrative  and  accounting   systems.   Sunset's   administrative
operations likewise will be merged into KCL's home office during 1999. Increased
efficiencies  and expense  savings  should be  realized  in 2000 and  subsequent
years.

     KCL and its subsidiaries  are subject to state  regulations in their states
of domicile  and in the states in which they do  business.  Although the federal
govern- ment  generally  does not regulate  the business of  insurance,  federal
initiatives  often have an impact on the business in a variety of ways including
the taxation of insurance companies and the tax treatment of insurance products.

     KCL and Old American  respectively  have 529 and 76 full time employees who
are located in KCL's home office.  Sunset has 92 full time  employees  currently
located in Olympia, Washington.

     The Company is engaged in a competitive  industry,  competing with 1,500 to
2,000 other life  insurance  companies  in the United  States.  The  industry is
highly competitive with respect to pricing, selection of products and quality of
service.  No single competitor nor any small group of competitors  dominates any
of the markets in which the Company operates.


Item 2.  PROPERTIES

      Kansas City Life's home office is located at 3520 Broadway in Kansas City,
Missouri.  The Company owns and wholly occupies two five story buildings on an
eight acre site.

      Sunset currently owns and wholly occupies a two story office building at
3200 Capitol Boulevard in Olympia, Washington.  The building is situated on
four acres of land.  This building will be offered for sale in the latter half
of 1999.

      The Company owns various other properties held for investment.

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In recent years, life insurance  companies have been named as defendants in
litigation related to life insurance pricing and sales practices.  It has become
increasingly  common for plaintiffs in these cases and other cases to seek class
action  status and punitive  damages.  Among cases of this nature  involving the
Company are the following:

     Stewart, et al, v. Security Benefit Life Insurance Company;  Tenth Judicial
District  Court of Kansas,  Johnson  County,  Kansas;  Case No.  98-C04036.  The
Company,  through  a  coinsurance  agreement,  purchased  a block  of  insurance
business,  including the policies at issue,  from Security Benefit Life ("SBL").
The  Company is  providing  a defense to SBL  pursuant  to the  agreement.  This
lawsuit was filed by four SBL  policyholders  who allege SBL (through its agent,
Bank Market Service,  Inc.) sold the policies as retirement plans when, in fact,
the policies  are for life  insurance  and have only a minimal  cash value.  The
plaintiffs  seek to rescind their  insurance  contracts with SBL and recover the
benefits that "true"  retirement  plans would have provided.  Plaintiffs seek to
certify a class comprised of "all persons who have an ownership interest (or had
at the  time the  policy  terminated)  in one or more  life  insurance  policies
marketed as retirement  plans by  defendants  between 1977 and the present." The
Company's  motion to dismiss  has been  denied and  discovery  is cur- rently in
process.

     Adams v. Kansas City Life Insurance Company,  et al; United States District
Court for the Western District of Missouri; Case No. 98-1053-CV-W-9.  This liti-
gation was  brought by four  Company  policyholders  in the Middle  District  of
Florida but was subsequently transferred based on a motion by the Company to the
Western District of Missouri.  The policyholders allege the Company marketed the
policies as policies  that would pay for  themselves  after a certain  period of
time - i.e., the premiums  would  "vanish".  Plaintiffs  seek to certify a class
comprised  of "all persons  and/or  entities who have (or had at the time of the
policy's  termination)  an  ownership  interest  in one or more  permanent  life
insurance  policies  that  were  issued  by Kansas  City  Life...based  upon the
nationwide  fraudulent scheme and common course of conduct  involving  deceptive
sales practices  described herein from January 1, 1985 to the  present...and who
were thereby  harmed." A motion to dismiss is pending and limited  discovery has
been conducted.

     Management denies the allegations,  including the existence of a legitimate
class and intends to defend these cases vigorously. To date, class certification
has not been granted in any of the cases in which the Company is involved.

     In addition to the above,  the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries are
defendants in lawsuits involving claims and disputes with policyholders that may
include  clients seeking class action status and/or  punitive  damages.  Some of
these  lawsuits  arise in  jurisdictions  where juries  sometime  award punitive
damages grossly disproportionate to the actual damages.

     Although no assurances  can be given and no  determinations  can be made at
this time as to the outcome of any particular lawsuit or proceeding,  management
believes  that the total amounts that would  ultimately  be paid, if any,  would
have no material  effect on the Company's  results of  operations  and financial
position.


Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of the  stockholders  of the Company
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

                                    PART II


Item 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

      Incorporated by Reference.


Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      Incorporated by Reference.


Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

      Incorporated by Reference.


Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
         ABOUT MARKET RISK

      Incorporated by Reference.


Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

      Incorporated by Reference.


Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

      Not Applicable.


                                      PART III


Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The  following  information,  as of December  31,  1998,  is provided  with
respect to each Director:

                                 Term as
                                 Director                              Served as
                                 Expires          Other Positions       Director
   Name of Director         Age   in April        with the Company        From

W. E. Bixby, III (3)(6)      40      1999      None                        1996

Webb R. Gilmore              54      1999      None                        1990
(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)

Nancy Bixby Hudson (3)(6)    46      1999      None                        1996

Daryl D. Jensen (3)(6)       59      1999      None                        1978

                                 Term as
                                 Director                              Served as
                                 Expires          Other Positions       Director
  Name of Director          Age   in April        with the Company        From

C. John Malacarne            57      1999      Vice President,             1991
(1)(2)(3)                                      General Counsel
                                               and Secretary

J. R. Bixby (1)(2)           73      2000      Chairman of the Board       1957


R. Philip Bixby              45      2000      President and CEO           1985
(1)(2)

Richard L. Finn              57      2000      Senior Vice President,      1983
(1)(2)                                         Finance

Warren J. Hunzicker, M.D.    78      2000      None                        1989
(6)

Larry Winn, Jr.              79      2000      None                        1985
(2)(4)(5)(6)

W. E. Bixby (1)(2)           66      2001      Vice Chairman of            1966
                                               the Board

Jack D. Hayes (1)            58      2001      Senior Vice President,      1995
                                               Marketing

Francis P. Lemery            59      2001      Senior Vice President       1985
(1)(2)                                         and Actuary

Michael J. Ross              57      2001      None                        1972
(2)(4)(5)(6)

Elizabeth T. Solberg         59      2001      None                        1997
(6)

(1)  See below with respect to the business  experience of executive officers of
     the Company.

(2)  Member of Executive Committee.

(3)  Subject to the approval of the shareholders at the annual meeting of share-
     holders to be held on April 22, 1999, will be elected for a three year term
     ending in 2002.

(4)  Member of Audit Committee.

(5)  Member of Compensation Committee.

(6)  W. E. Bixby,  III was elected  Assistant  Vice  President of the Company in
     1985,  Vice  President,   Marketing  in  1990,  Vice  President,  Marketing
     Operations in 1992, and President of Old American,  a subsidiary,  in 1996.
     He also serves as a Director of Sunset Life and Old American, subsidiaries.
     Mr. Gilmore is Chairman,  CEO and  Shareholder of the law firm of Gilmore &
     Bell.  Nancy Bixby  Hudson has served as a Director of Sunset  Life, a sub-
     sidiary, since 1986. Dr. Hunzicker was elected by the Board of Directors to
     an unexpired term in 1989. Dr.  Hunzicker  served as the Company's  Medical
     Director from 1987 to 1989; he formerly served as a member of the Company's
     Board of  Directors  from 1977 to 1980.  Mr.  Jensen has been  President of
     Sunset Life Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Registrant, since
     1973.  Mr. Ross has been Chairman of the Board of Jefferson  Bank and Trust
     Company,  St. Louis,  Missouri,  since 1983. Mrs. Solberg became a Regional
     President and Senior Partner of Fleishman-Hillard,  Inc., in January, 1998.
     She had been Executive  Vice  President  since 1984. Mr. Winn is retired as
     the Kansas Third District Representative to the U.S. Congress.

    Name, Age and                           Business Experience
      Position                              During Past 5 Years

J. R. Bixby, 73              Chairman since 1972; President from 1964 until he
Chairman of the Board        retired in April, 1990.  Responsible for overall
                             corporate policy.  Director of Sunset Life and Old
                             American, subsidiaries.


W. E. Bixby, 66              Vice Chairman of the Board since 1974; elected
Vice Chairman of             Executive Vice President in January, 1987;
the Board                    President and CEO from 1990 until he retired in
                             April, 1998.  Chairman of the Board of Sunset Life
                             and Old American, subsidiaries.

R. Philip Bixby, 45          Elected Assistant Secretary in 1979; Assistant Vice
President and CEO            President in 1982; Vice President in 1984; Senior
                             Vice President, Operations in 1990; Executive Vice
                             President in 1996; and to present position in
                             April, 1998.  Director of Sunset Life and Old
                             American, subsidiaries.

Richard L. Finn, 57          Elected Vice President in 1976; Financial Vice
Senior Vice President,       President in 1983; and to present position in 1984.
Finance                      Chief financial officer and responsible for
                             investment of the Company's funds, accounting and
                             taxes.  Director and Treasurer of Sunset Life and
                             Director, Vice President and Chief Financial
                             Officer and Assistant Treasurer of Old American,
                             subsidiaries.

Jack D. Hayes, 58            Elected Senior Vice President, Marketing in
Senior Vice President,       February, 1994.  Responsible for Marketing,
Marketing                    Marketing Administration, Communications and Public
                             Relations.  Served as Executive Vice President and
                             Chief Marketing Officer of Fidelity Union Life,
                             Dallas, Texas, from June, 1981 to January, 1994.

Francis P. Lemery, 59        Elected Vice President in 1979; Vice President and
Senior Vice President        Actuary in 1980; and to present position in 1984.
Actuary                      Responsible for Group Insurance Department,
                             Actuarial Services, State Compliance, New Business
                             and Underwriting.  Director of Sunset Life and Old
                             American, subsidiaries.

Robert C. Miller, 52         Elected Assistant Auditor in 1972; Auditor in 1973;
Senior Vice President,       Vice President and Auditor in 1987; and to present
Administrative Services      position in 1991.  Responsible for Human Resources
                             and Home Office building and maintenance.

Charles R. Duffy, Jr., 51    Elected Vice President, Computer Information
Senior Vice President,       Services in 1989; Vice President, Insurance
Operations                   Administration in 1992; and to present position in
                             1996.  Responsible for the Company's Computer
                             Operations, Customer Services, Claims, Premium
                             Collection and Agency Administration.  Director of
                             Sunset Life and Old American, subsidiaries.

    Name, Age and                           Business Experience
      Position                              During Past 5 Years

John K. Koetting, 53         Elected Assistant Controller in 1975; and to
Vice President and           present position in 1980.  Chief accounting officer
Controller                   responsible for all corporate accounting reports.
                             Director of Old American, a subsidiary.

C. John Malacarne, 57        Elected Associate General Counsel in 1976; General
Vice President, General      Counsel in 1980; Vice President and General Counsel
Counsel and Secretary        in 1981; and to present position in 1991.
                             Responsible for Legal Department, Office of the
                             Secretary, Stock Transfer Department and Market
                             Compliance.  Director and Secretary of Sunset Life
                             and Old American, subsidiaries.

     (d) J. R. Bixby,  Chairman of the Board, and W. E. Bixby,  Vice Chairman of
the Board,  are brothers.  Nancy Bixby Hudson is the daughter of J. R. Bixby; R.
Philip Bixby and W. E. Bixby, III are the sons of W. E. Bixby.

     (e) See Business Experience During Past 5 Years above.

     (f) There have been no events under any  bankruptcy  act, no criminal  pro-
ceedings and no  judgments  or  injunctions  material to the  evaluation  of the
ability and integrity of any Director,  nominee or executive  officer during the
past five years.


Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

      (a)  Compensation

     The following table sets forth  information  concerning  cash  compensation
paid or accrued  by the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  to the Chief  Executive
Officer and the other four most highly  paid  executive  officers as of December
31, 1998 for the fiscal years ending December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

                            SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                   Long Term    Other     All
                         Annual Compensation       Incentive    Annual   Other
                                                   Compensa-    Compen-  Compen-
     Name and                   Salary    Bonus    tion Payouts  sation   sation
 Principal Position    Year      $         $           $           $        $

R. P. Bixby, Presi-    1998    348,692   77,971           0      7,000    22,857
dent and CEO and       1997    284,700      400     132,660      4,750    29,820
Director, Kansas City  1996    176,880   12,081           0      4,000    18,488
Life; Director of
Sunset Life and Old
American, subsidiaries.

W. E. Bixby, Vice      1998   156,032    34,132           0      68,500   69,541
Chairman of the        1997   445,800       400     374,976       7,000   61,575
Board, retired as      1996   416,640    58,042           0       7,000   55,586
President and CEO of
Kansas City Life in
April, 1998; Chairman
of the Board of Sunset
Life and Old American,
subsidiaries.


                                                   Long Term    Other     All
                         Annual Compensation       Incentive    Annual   Other
                                                   Compensa-    Compen-  Compen-
    Name and                   Salary    Bonus    tion Payouts  sation   sation
 Principal Position    Year      $         $           $           $        $

R. L. Finn, Senior     1998    221,712   33,748           0      7,000    17,842
Vice President,        1997    212,160      400     151,560      7,000    25,540
Finance and Director,  1996    202,080   28,336           0      5,500    24,305
Kansas City Life;
Director of Sunset
Life and Old American,
subsidiaries.

F. P. Lemery, Senior   1998    221,712   33,748           0      7,000    17,842
Vice President and     1997    212,160      400     151,560      7,000    25,540
Actuary and Director,  1996    202,080   28,336           0      7,000    24,305
Kansas City Life;
Director of Sunset
Life and Old American,
subsidiaries.

Jack D. Hayes, Senior  1998    192,624   71,211           0      4,000    15,621
Vice President, Mar-   1997    184,320      400     132,930      4,000    22,309
keting, and Director,  1996    177,240   45,713           0      4,000    21,442
Kansas City Life.


                   ALL OTHER COMPENSATION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:

     The Company has a contributory Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) savings
and profit  sharing plan.  Directors and officers who are full time employees of
the Registrant or its subsidiaries  participate in the plan on the same basis as
all other  employees.  Employees may contribute  from 1% to 15% of their monthly
base salary.  Highly  compensated  employees are limited to contributions of 6%.
The Company  contributes  an amount  equal to 50%,  75% or 100% of the  employee
contributions  based on a schedule of years of  employment to a maximum of 6% of
an  employee's  compensation  in the form of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company  contributed  $9,362  to the plan for the  account  of W. E.  Bixby  and
$10,000 to the accounts of the other named individuals.

     The Company  has  adopted a  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan for
approximately 53 highly compensated officers and employees. It is similar to the
Company's 401(k) plan.  Participants  contribute  amounts to this plan that they
cannot  contribute  to the  401(k)  plan up to a total of 15% of  their  monthly
salary  and the  Company  contributes  up to a  maximum  of 6% of their  monthly
salary. The amount contributed to the plan in 1998 for the accounts of the named
indi- viduals are as follows: W. E. Bixby, $0; R. P. Bixby,  $9,997; R. L. Finn,
$3,303; F. P. Lemery, $3,303; J. D. Hayes, $1,557.

     The Company  provides  yearly  renewable term insurance to its employees in
the amount of 2 times their annual  salary.  Directors and officers who are full
time  employees  participate  in the  program  on the same  basis  as all  other
employees.  Premiums paid for the named individuals for 1998 are as follows:  W.
E. Bixby, $5,970; R. P. Bixby, $2,860; R. L. Finn, $4,539; F. P. Lemery, $4,539;
J. D. Hayes, $4,064.

      (f)  Defined Benefit or Actuarial Plan Disclosure

     The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan which covers
employees age 21 and over.  Effective January 1, 1998, the pension plan was con-
verted  to a cash  balance  plan.  Benefits  under  the plan  will no  longer be
determined  primarily by final average  compensation and years of service.  Each
participant's  benefit  accrued  under the prior plan formula as of December 31,
1997 was converted to an opening account balance in the cash balance plan.

     Beginning in 1998,  participants  accumulate  annual pay credits equal to a
percentage  of annual  compensation,  ranging from 3% to 16% based on service of
the  participant.  The cash balance  account is further  credited  with interest
annually which is based on the 30-year treasury bond rate in effect for November
of the prior  plan year.  For 1998,  however,  a 7% pay  credit  was used.  Upon
termination  of  employment,  the  account  balance  as  of  such  date  may  be
distributed  to the  participant in lump sum or annuity form, at the election of
the  participant.  Benefits vest according to years of service after age 18 on a
graded scale,  beginning with 30% vesting with 3 years, and becoming 100% vested
with 7 years.  Compensation for determining  benefits under the plan is equal to
base salary, excluding overtime and bonuses.

     Participants  age 55 with 15 years of service as of December  31, 1997 will
receive the greater of the benefit  under the cash  balance  plan,  or the prior
plan  formula  based on final  average  compensation  and years of service.  The
following table illustrates the possible annual pension benefits under the prior
plan formula based upon final  average  compensation  and years of service,  for
these employees. Participants may elect a lump sum distribution.

                                   PENSION PLAN TABLE

Compensation                       Years of Service                        SS**

                     10           20           30           40

 $ 75,000         $ 18,750     $ 37,500     $ 51,948*    $ 51,948*       $16,104
  100,000           25,000       50,000       70,000       71,948*        16,104
  125,000           31,250       62,500       87,500       91,948*        16,104
  150,000           37,500       75,000      105,000      111,948*        16,104
  200,000           50,000      100,000      140,000      151,948*        16,104
  250,000           62,500      125,000      175,000      191,948*        16,104
  300,000           75,000      150,000      210,000      231,948*        16,104
  350,000           87,500      175,000      245,000      271,948*        16,104
  400,000          100,000      200,000      280,000      311,948*        16,104
  450,000          112,500      225,000      315,000      351,948*        16,104
  500,000          125,000      250,000      350,000      391,948*        16,104

  *Maximum pension based on an estimate of Social Security.
 **Estimated annual Social Security benefit at age 65.

     A participant's base salary not to exceed $150,000 (as adjusted for cost of
living) commencing January 1, 1994, was used to determine compensation under the
plan for benefits from the qualified plan. For the individuals named in the Cash
Compensation  Table, the years of service covered by the plan for the year ended
December 31, 1998,  were: R. P. Bixby,  21 years;  R. L. Finn,  25 years;  F. P.
Lemery, 34 years; J. D. Hayes, 5 years.

     The estimated annual annuity benefit payable starting at normal  retirement
age (age 65) as accrued  through  December  31, 1998 under the cash balance plan
for each of the named  individuals are as follows:  W. E. Bixby $0; R. P. Bixby,
$128,457; R. L. Finn, $121,272; F. P. Lemery, $150,662; J. D. Hayes, $21,812.

     The Company has adopted an unfunded  excess  benefit  plan which covers any
employee who is an active  participant in the  noncontributory  defined  benefit
pension plan and whose pension  benefit under that plan would exceed the maximum
benefit  limited under  Internal  Revenue Code Section 415. A participant  under
this plan is entitled to a monthly  benefit of the difference  between the maxi-
mum monthly  normal,  early, or deferred vested  retirement  benefit  determined
without  regard to the  Internal  Revenue Code  Section 415  limitation  and the
monthly  equivalent of the maximum  benefit  permitted by Internal  Revenue Code
Section 415. Participants may elect a lump sum distribution. (g) Compensation of
Directors

     Outside Directors are paid $4,000 quarterly;  $2,000 if they attend Special
Board Meetings; $1,000 if they attend Executive Committee Meetings; $500 if they
attend all other Committee Meetings.  Inside Directors are paid $1,000 quarterly
and $400 if they attend  Special Board  Meetings.  J. R. Bixby,  Chairman of the
Board, is paid $30,000  quarterly.  Directors of Sunset Life, a subsidiary,  are
paid $500 quarterly and Directors of Old American are paid $250 quarterly. W. E.
Bixby  receives  $75,000  annually  for his services as Chairman of the Board of
Sunset Life and $25,000  annually  for his  services as Chairman of the Board of
Old American. Director fees are included in the Compensation Table.

      (h)  Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change in
           Control Arrangements

      There are no employment contracts between the Company and its executive
officers.  The Company's benefit plans contain typical provisions applicable to
all employees for termination of employment.

      (j)  Additional Information with Respect to Compensation Committee

      The members of the Compensation Committee:  Webb R. Gilmore, Michael J.
Ross and Larry Winn, Jr.


Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
          AND MANAGEMENT

      (a)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

      The following sets forth information as of February 26, 1999, concerning
holding of voting securities of the Company's $2.50 par value capital stock,
which is the Company's only class of voting stock.

      Name and Address of Beneficial Owners:

      John K. Koetting, Robert C. Miller
      and Anne C. Moberg, Trustees of the
      Kansas City Life Insurance Company
      Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
      3520 Broadway, Kansas City, MO 64111-2565

      Amount and Nature of Ownership*                  Percent of Class

              423,902 shares                                  6.8

      John K. Koetting, Robert C. Miller
      and Anne C. Moberg, Trustees of the
      Kansas City Life Employee Stock Plan
      3520 Broadway, Kansas City, MO 64111-2565

      Amount and Nature of Ownership*                  Percent of Class

               36,053 shares                                   .6

     *Trustees have the power to sell plan assets. Participants may instruct the
      Trustees how to vote their shares.

Angeline I. O'Connor
      c/o William A. Hirsch, Esq.
      Morrison & Hecker
      2600 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64108

      Amount and Nature of Ownership**                 Percent of Class

              351,344 shares                                  5.7

     **Includes  174,500  shares  in the  Walter  E.  Bixby  Descendants  Trust.
     Angeline I. O'Connor, R. Philip Bixby and W. E. Bixby, III are Co-Trustees.
     The Trustees  share  voting and  investment  power.  The terms of the Trust
     restrict the transfer of the shares.

     Angeline I. O'Connor (then known as Angeline I. Oxler); J. R. Bixby; Margie
Morris Bixby; Kathryn A. Bixby-Haddad;  Kathryn A. Bixby-Haddad as Custodian for
Kellie S. Curtis;  Sorouch  Haddad;  Nancy Bixby Hudson;  R. Philip Bixby; W. E.
Bixby,  III; James R. Gammon as Trustee of the Walter E. Bixby Family Trust;  R.
Philip Bixby,  Angeline I. O'Connor and W. E. Bixby,  III as  Co-Trustees of the
Walter E. Bixby Descendants Trust; W. E. Bixby; W. E. Bixby as Trustee for Trust
B created  pursuant to the Will of Edwin  Bixby and Trust B created  pursuant to
the Will of Angeline  Reynolds  Bixby were members of a group that agreed to act
together for the purpose of holding common stock, and the common stock ownership
of such group was  reflected  in a Schedule  13D filed  with the  Commission  on
November 23, 1988 and  subsequently  amended.  The agreement that documented the
various  rights and  obligations  among all of the members of that group expired
May 20, 1990.

     Nonetheless,  Mrs.  O'Connor and other former members of the Bixby Group in
subsequent  filings with the Commission have indicated that they currently share
the  expectation of many members of their extended family that a majority of the
common stock will continue to be  beneficially  owned by such  individuals or be
under the control of Trustees under certain  testamentary  or inter vivos Trusts
for the benefit of such individuals.

      (b)  Security Ownership of Management

     The names of the nominees proposed by management for election to three year
terms at the annual meeting to be held April 22, 1999 are set forth as follows:

                                                Served    Shares of
                                                 as a     Record and
                             Principal         Director  Beneficially   Percent
     Nominee                 Occupation         Since       Owned       of Class

W. E. Bixby, III           President, Old          1996      176,004         5.7
3520 Broadway              American Insur-                     2,451(1)
Kansas City, MO            ance Company,                     174,500(2)
                           Kansas City, MO                     5,456(3)

Webb R. Gilmore            Chairman, CEO           1990          500          *
833 Westover Rd.           and Shareholder,
Kansas City, MO            Gilmore & Bell,
                           Kansas City, MO

Nancy Bixby Hudson         Investor                1996      165,783(4)      2.7
425 Baldwin Creek Rd.
Lander, WY

Daryl D. Jensen            Vice Chairman of the    1978           24
2143 Old Port Dr.          Board and President,               11,272(1)       *
Olympia, WA                Sunset Life Insurance
                           Company of America,
                           Olympia, WA

                                                Served    Shares of
                                                 as a     Record and
                             Principal         Director  Beneficially   Percent
     Nominee                 Occupation         Since       Owned       of Class

C. John Malacarne          Vice President,         1991           10
3520 Broadway              General Counsel                     6,302(1)       *
Kansas City, MO            and Secretary

      The following Directors were elected April 24, 1997 for a three year term:

J. R. Bixby                Chairman of the         1957    1,484,056(5)     24.0
3520 Broadway              Board
Kansas City, MO

R. Philip Bixby            President               1985      174,599         5.9
3520 Broadway              and CEO                             6,752(1)
Kansas City, MO                                              174,500(2)
                                                              10,602(6)

Richard L. Finn            Senior Vice Presi-      1983           12
3520 Broadway              dent, Finance                       6,895(1)       *
Kansas City, MO

Warren J. Hunzicker, M.D.  Director                1989          150          *
1248 Stratford Rd.
Kansas City, MO

Larry Winn, Jr.            Retired Represent-      1985          166          *
8420 Roe Ave.              ative, U.S. Congress
Prairie Village, KS

      The following Directors were elected April 23, 1998 for a three year term:

W. E. Bixby                Vice Chairman of        1966    1,179,170        19.0
3520 Broadway              the Board
Kansas City, MO

Jack D. Hayes              Senior Vice Presi-      1995          250          *
3520 Broadway              dent, Marketing                       521(1)
Kansas City, MO

Francis P. Lemery          Senior Vice Presi-      1985        1,713          *
3520 Broadway              dent and Actuary                    7,929(1)
Kansas City, MO

Michael J. Ross            Chairman of the         1972          300          *
12826 Dubon Lane           Board, Jefferson
St. Louis, MO              Bank and Trust
                           Company,
                           St. Louis, MO

Elizabeth T. Solberg       Regional President      1997          100          *
850 W. 52nd St.            and Senior Partner,
Kansas City, MO            Fleishman-Hillard, Inc.,
                           Kansas City, MO

All Directors, executive officers
and their spouses (also includes all
shares held by Trustees of Company
benefit plans and shares held by the
Bixby Family and related Trusts)                           4,208,662        67.9

     *Less than 1%.

(1)  Approximate  beneficial  interest in shares held by the  Trustees of Kansas
     City Life Insurance  Company  employee  benefit plans.  Participants in the
     plans may  instruct  the  Trustees  how to vote those  shares held in their
     account.

(2)  Shares in the Walter E. Bixby  Descendants  Trust.  R. Philip Bixby,  W. E.
     Bixby,  III and Angeline I. O'Connor are  Co-Trustees.  The Trustees  share
     voting and investment  power. The terms of the Trust restrict  transferring
     shares.

(3)  Shares as to which W. E. Bixby,  III is  Custodian  for his minor niece and
     nephews under the Missouri Uniform Gifts to Minors law.

(4)  Shares held by Nancy Bixby Hudson,  Trustee,  Nancy Bixby Hudson  Revocable
     Trust.

(5)  Includes  900  shares  owned  by the  spouse  of J.  R.  Bixby.  Beneficial
     ownership of these shares is disclaimed.

(6)  Shares as to which R.  Philip  Bixby is  Custodian  for his minor niece and
     nephews under the Missouri Uniform Gifts to Minors law.


Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      None.

                           PART IV


Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND
          REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

      (a)(1)  Financial Statements

      The following financial statements of Kansas City Life Insurance Company
are incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders
for the year ended December 31, 1998 at the following pages:

                                                                      Page

   Consolidated Income Statement - Years ended
      December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
   Consolidated Balance Sheet -
      December 31, 1998 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
   Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity -
      Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . .   18
   Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -
      Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . .   19
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . 20-28
   Report of Independent Auditors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

      (a)(2)  Supplementary Data and Financial Statement Schedules

      Schedules are attached hereto at the following pages:

                                                                      Page

   I   - Summary of Investments - Other than Investments
            in Related Parties, December 31, 1998  . . . . . . . . .   18
   II  - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant,
            Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . 19-21
   III - Supplementary Insurance Information, Years ended
            December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
   IV  - Reinsurance Information, Years ended
            December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
   V   - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, Years ended
            December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . .   24

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or
the information is presented in the financial statements or related notes.

      (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

           None.

      (c)  Exhibits

           Exhibit
           Number:                           Basic Documents:

               3(a) 1986  Restatement  of Articles of  Incorporation.  [Filed as
                    Exhibit  3(a) to the  Company's  10-K  Report  for  1986 and
                    incorporated herein by reference]

               3(b) Bylaws as amended  October 26, 1986.  [Filed as Exhibit 3(b)
                    to the  Company's  10-K  Report  for 1986  and  incorporated
                    herein by reference]

               3(c) Specimen copies of Capital Stock Certificates, (a) less than
                    100 shares;  (b) 100 shares;  and (c)  unlimited.  [Filed as
                    Exhibit 3(d) to the  Company's  10-K Report for 1985 and in-
                    corporated herein by reference]

               10(a)Seventh  Amendment,  Kansas City Life Deferred  Compensation
                    Plan.

               10(b)Twenty-second Amendment,  Kansas City Life Insurance Company
                    Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.

               10(c) Tenth Amendment, Kansas City Life Employee Stock Plan.

               10(d) First Amendment, Kansas City Life Excess Benefit Plan.

               10(e)Kansas City Life Insurance Company Long-Term  Incentive Plan
                    for 1994-1996. [Filed as Exhibit 10(e) to the Company's 10-K
                    Report for 1997 and incorporated herein by reference]

               13   Annual Report to  Shareholders  for the year ended  December
                    31, 1998.

               21   Subsidiaries.

               23(a) Consent of Independent Auditors.

               23(b) Consent of Independent Auditors.

               27   Financial Data Schedule.

               99(a)Form  11-K  for  the  Kansas  City  Life  Insurance  Company
                    Savings and Profit  Sharing Plan for the year 1998 and filed
                    as a part hereof and incorporated herein by reference.

               99(b)Prospectus  for Kansas City Life Insurance  Company  Savings
                    and  Investment  Plan.   [Filed  as  Exhibit  99(b)  to  the
                    Company's  10-K Report for 1995 and  incorporated  herein by
                    reference]

                                   SIGNATURES



      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



By: /s/ John K. Koetting
    John K. Koetting
    Vice President and Controller
    (Principal Accounting Officer)
Date: March 29, 1999





      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Regis-
trant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



By: /s/ R. Philip Bixby                      By: /s/ Richard L. Finn
    R. Philip Bixby                              Richard L. Finn
    Director; President and                      Director; Senior Vice
    Chief Executive Officer                      President, Finance
    (Principal Executive Officer)                (Principal Financial Officer)
Date: March 29, 1999                         Date: March 29, 1999



By: /s/ J. R. Bixby                          By: /s/ Francis P. Lemery
    J. R. Bixby                                  Francis P. Lemery
    Director; Chairman of                        Director; Senior Vice
    the Board                                    President and Actuary
Date: March 29, 1999                         Date: March 29, 1999



By: /s/ W. E. Bixby                          By: /s/ C. John Malacarne
    W. E. Bixby                                  C. John Malacarne
    Director; Vice Chairman                      Director; Vice President,
    of the Board                                 General Counsel and Secretary
Date: March 29, 1999                         Date: March 29, 1999



By: /s/ W. E. Bixby, III                     By: /s/ Warren J. Hunzicker, M.D.
    W. E. Bixby, III                             Warren J. Hunzicker, M.D.
    Director                                     Director
Date: March 29, 1999                         Date: March 29, 1999


                                                            Schedule I





                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS - OTHER THAN
                           INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
                                  December 31, 1998



                                                                      Amount at
                                                                     Which Shown
                                                           Fair      in Balance
         Type of Investment                   Cost         Value        Sheet

                                                         (in thousands)

Fixed maturity securities,
available for sale:
  Bonds:
    United States government and government
      agencies and authorities             $   45,079       46,445       46,445
    Mortgage-backed securities                278,657      288,981      288,981
    States, municipalities and political
      subdivisions                             65,264       68,658       68,658
    Public utilities                          294,016      307,920      307,920
    All other bonds                         1,326,328    1,378,734    1,378,734
  Redeemable preferred stocks                   3,631        3,624        3,624
    Total                                   2,012,975    2,094,362    2,094,362

Equity securities, available for sale:
  Common stocks                                19,958       19,851       19,851
  Nonredeemable preferred stocks               78,551       80,898       80,898
    Total                                      98,509      100,749      100,749

Fixed maturity securities,
held to maturity:
  Bonds:
    States, municipalities and political
      subdivisions                              1,548        1,713        1,548
    Public utilities                           25,325       27,252       25,325
    All other bonds                            88,631       94,550       88,631
      Total                                   115,504      123,515      115,504

Mortgage loans on real estate, net            315,705                   315,705
Real estate, net                               43,840                    43,840
Real estate joint ventures                     39,388                    39,388
Policy loans                                  122,860                   122,860
Short-term                                     59,160                    59,160
    Total investments                      $2,807,941                 2,891,568

                                                            Schedule II




                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                    BALANCE SHEET



                                                               December 31

                                                           1998           1997

                                                                (in thousands)

Assets
Investments:
  Fixed maturity securities:
    Available for sale, at fair value                  $1,614,849     1,546,655
    Held to maturity, at amortized cost                    68,354        90,688
  Equity securities available for sale, at fair value:
    Investments in affiliates                             237,340       218,128
    Other                                                  72,314        86,803
  Mortgage loans on real estate, net                      254,987       221,323
  Real estate, net                                         43,227        36,163
  Real estate joint ventures                               30,758        34,666
  Policy loans                                            101,620       102,106
  Short-term                                               36,235        46,203
    Total investments                                   2,459,684     2,382,735

Deferred acquisition costs                                102,850        95,638
Value of purchased insurance in force                      68,557        73,217
Other                                                     105,796       157,686
Separate account assets                                   143,008        57,980

    Total assets                                       $2,879,895     2,767,256

Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Future policy benefits                                 $  539,767       538,361
Accumulated contract values                             1,397,507     1,427,769
Other                                                     221,680       212,552
Separate account liabilities                              143,008        57,980
    Total liabilities                                   2,301,962     2,236,662

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock                                             23,121        23,121
  Paid in capital                                          17,633        16,256
  Accumulated other comprehensive income                   45,466        36,448
  Retained earnings including $122,538,000 undis-
    tributed earnings of affiliates ($107,260,000 - 1997) 581,074       543,715
  Less treasury stock, at cost                            (89,361)      (88,946)
    Total stockholders' equity                            577,933       530,594

    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity         $2,879,895     2,767,256



The above condensed  financial  statement should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  of  Kansas  City  Life
Insurance Company.

                                                            Schedule II
                                                            (continued)




                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                  INCOME STATEMENT



                                                   Years ended December 31

                                              1998          1997          1996

                                                          (in thousands)

Revenues
Insurance revenues:
  Premiums:
    Life insurance                         $ 31,899        28,145        26,186
    Accident and health                      37,963        39,435        31,264
  Contract charges                           82,273        68,431        55,123
Investment revenues:
  Investment income, net                    152,033       148,291       142,119
  Dividends from affiliates                     100           150         5,000
  Realized investment gains, net              9,198        13,175         3,089
Other                                        10,359         5,786         7,877
  Total revenues                            323,825       303,413       270,658

Benefits and expenses
Policy benefits:
  Death benefits                             58,929        51,762        46,033
  Surrenders of life insurance               14,589        11,280        11,737
  Other benefits                             64,404        62,997        56,239
  Increase in benefit and contract reserves  58,118        56,126        52,348
Amortization of deferred policy
  acquisition costs                          16,861        15,138        14,619
Insurance operating expenses                 71,075        66,891        53,338
Management fees from affiliates              (5,923)       (6,291)       (5,721)
  Total benefits and expenses               278,053       257,903       228,593

Income before federal income taxes and
  equity in undistributed net income
  of affiliates                              45,772        45,510        42,065

Federal income taxes                         12,538        12,602         9,844

Income before equity in undistributed
  net income of affiliates                   33,234        32,908        32,221

Equity in undistributed net income
  of affiliates                              15,278        11,953        10,094

Net income                                 $ 48,512        44,861        42,315



The above condensed  financial  statement should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  of  Kansas  City  Life
Insurance Company.

                                                            Schedule II
                                                            (continued)





                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                               STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS



                                                  Years ended December 31

                                              1998          1997          1996

                                                          (in thousands)

Net cash from operating activities         $ 40,286        14,081        38,020

Investing activities
  Investments called, matured or repaid     218,805       215,239       225,957
  Decrease (increase) in short-term
    investments, net                          9,968       (35,291)       16,053
  Investments sold                          364,541       492,920       102,733
  Investments purchased or originated      (620,514)     (840,802)     (387,849)
  Other                                       3,403         3,685         1,056
  Acquisitions and dispositions of insur-
    ance blocks - net cash received (paid)  (13,250)      213,092             -
  Net cash from (used in)
    investing activities                    (37,047)       48,843       (42,050)

Financing activities
  Proceeds from borrowings                        -       245,050         1,650
  Repayment of borrowings                         -      (245,050)       (1,650)
  Policyowner contract deposits             126,743       119,639       115,493
  Withdrawals of policyowner
    contract deposits                      (154,172)     (127,341)     (107,073)
  Cash dividends to stockholders            (11,153)      (10,894)      (10,393)
  Other                                         962           278           592

  Net cash (used in) financing activities   (37,620)      (18,318)       (1,381)

Increase (decrease) in cash                 (34,381)       44,606        (5,411)
Cash at beginning of year                    44,519           (87)        5,324

  Cash at end of year                      $ 10,138        44,519           (87)



The above condensed  financial  statement should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  of  Kansas  City  Life
Insurance Company.

                                                            Schedule III



                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION


                                    Future Policy
                     Deferred     Benefits, Contract                  Other
                    Acquisition    Values and Claim    Unearned   Policyholders'
                      Costs           Liabilities      Premiums       Funds
                                                (in thousands)
December 31, 1998:
KCL - Individual        $102,850          1,939,018            330      120,781
KCL - Group                    -             19,070             55            -
Sunset                    47,240            380,134             17       10,966
Old American              68,867            249,729            413        5,197
  Total                 $218,957          2,587,951            815      136,944

December 31, 1997:
KCL - Individual        $ 95,638          1,970,235            306      114,504
KCL - Group                    -             20,685             91            -
Sunset                    47,044            373,228             31       11,117
Old American              67,144            232,292            520        4,348
  Total                 $209,826          2,596,440            948      129,969

December 31, 1996:
KCL - Individual        $ 94,096          1,680,110            251       89,278
KCL - Group                    -             19,174             58            -
Sunset                    48,337            365,910             26       11,828
Old American              64,587            216,303            574        2,096
  Total                 $207,020          2,281,497            909      103,202


                                          Insurance      Accident and
                         Policy           Operating     Health Written
                        Benefits          Expenses@        Premiums
                                        (in thousands)
1998:                                                               @Allocations
KCL - Individual        $161,236             48 149            385  of Insurance
KCL - Group               34,801             20,289         38,820  Operating
Sunset                    29,255             10,452             28  Expenses are
Old American              58,048             17,457          4,354  based on a
  Total                 $283,340             96,347         43,587  number of
                                                                    assumptions
1997:                                                               and esti-
KCL - Individual        $145,561             44,309            402  mates, and
KCL - Group               36,603             19,065         40,065  the results
Sunset                    29,756             11,013             31  would change
Old American              61,258             16,994          5,419  if different
  Total                 $273,178             91,381         45,917  methods were
                                                                    applied.
1996:
KCL - Individual        $135,798             34,154            449
KCL - Group               30,561             14,488         31,434
Sunset                    29,872             10,268             34
Old American              58,248             16,317          6,249
  Total                 $254,479             75,227         38,166


All other  information  required by this  Schedule is shown in the  accompanying
Segment Information Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                            Schedule IV


                         KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               REINSURANCE INFORMATION


                      Life Insurance Premiums       Accident and Health Premiums
                      1998      1997      1996         1998     1997     1996
                                               (in thousands)
Direct
KCL - Individual    $ 26,836    25,105    25,010         440      467      496
KCL - Group           12,537    12,974    12,136      46,736   46,710   39,232
Sunset                 5,656     5,049     4,770          31       34       38
Old American          83,555    85,363    85,234       6,815    7,811    8,928
  Total             $128,584   128,491   127,150      54,022   55,022   48,694

Ceded
KCL - Individual     (11,967)  (11,528)   (9,447)        (55)     (62)     (56)
KCL - Group           (2,181)   (2,229)   (2,006)     (9,158)  (7,680)  (8,659)
Sunset                (4,584)   (3,642)   (3,112)         (3)      (3)      (4)
Old American          (8,016)   (8,863)   (9,815)     (2,365)  (2,346)  (2,651)
  Total              (26,748)  (26,262)  (24,380)    (11,581) (10,091) (11,370)

Assumed
KCL - Individual       6,674     3,822       493           -        -      251
KCL - Group                -         -         -           -        -        -
Sunset                     -         -         -           -        -        -
Old American               -         -         -           -        -        -
  Total                6,674     3,822       493           -        -      251
Net                 $108,510   106,051   103,263      42,441   44,931   37,575

% of Assumed to Net        6         4         -           -        -        -

                          Life Insurance in Force
                          1998      1997      1996
                               (in millions)
Direct
KCL - Individual        $ 12,569    11,768    11,250
KCL - Group                3,823     4,278     4,155
Sunset                     5,768     5,615     5,501
Old American               1,101     1,139     1,215
  Total                   23,261    22,800    22,121

Ceded
KCL - Individual          (2,832)   (2,111)   (1,777)
KCL - Group                 (256)     (295)     (197)
Sunset                    (1,274)     (830)     (617)
Old American                (126)     (139)     (151)
  Total                   (4,488)   (3,375)   (2,742)

Assumed
KCL - Individual           3,380     3,796        28
KCL - Group                    -         -         -
Sunset                         -         -         -
Old American                   -         -         -
  Total                    3,380     3,796        28
Net                     $ 22,153    23,221    19,407

% of Assumed to Net           15        16         -


All other information required by this Schedule is shown in the accompanying
Reinsurance Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                            Schedule V



                          VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



                                                  Years ended December 31

                                               1998         1997        1996

                                                       (in thousands)

Real estate valuation account
  Beginning of year                          $ 3,686        5,227       7,378
  Deductions                                  (  809)      (1,541)     (2,151)
  End of year                                $ 2,877        3,686       5,227


Mortgage loan valuation account
  Beginning of year                          $ 8,500        8,500      10,500
  Deductions                                       -            -      (2,000)
  End of year                                $ 8,500        8,500       8,500


Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  Beginning of year                          $ 1,209        1,160       1,123
  Additions                                      449          230         845
  Deductions                                    (321)        (181)       (808)
  End of year                                $ 1,337        1,209       1,160








                                                  Exhibit 10 (a), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company




                        SEVENTH AMENDMENT

                        KANSAS CITY LIFE
                   DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN




                            ARTICLE I

                      Creation and Purpose

1.   It is the intention of the Company to establish this Plan of
     deferred compensation for the benefit of designated employees
     whose contributions have been restricted by law and regulation
     under the Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings and
     Profit Sharing Plan.

2.   By enrolling in this Plan, an employee agrees to defer a
     portion of his or her current earnings.  It is the intent of
     this Plan that accumulated and vested benefits will be paid to
     such participants at the time of retirement, termination,
     death or total and permanent disability.



                           ARTICLE II

                           Definitions

     (a)  "Salary" shall mean only the fixed amounts, weekly, semi-
          monthly, or monthly, due and payable to the employee by
          the Company, and does not include any bonuses, overtime
          pay or other extraordinary payments by the Company.

     (b)  "Deferred compensation" shall mean the amount of salary
          not yet earned, which the participant and the Company
          mutually agree shall be deferred in accordance with the
          provisions of this Plan.

     (c)  "Normal retirement" shall mean termination from em-
          ployment with the Company becoming effective on or about
          the first day of the calendar month following the
          participant's attainment of age sixty-five (65).

     (d)  "Early retirement" shall mean retirement from employment
          with the Company on the first day of any month following
          a participant's fifty-fifth (55th) birthdate with the
          attainment of at least five years of employment.  For
          purposes of determining the attainment of at least five
          (5) years of employment, the years of employment of a
          participant with Old American Insurance Company prior to
          November 1, 1991 shall not be taken into account.
     (e)  "Termination of employment" shall mean the severance of
          the participant's employment with the Company prior to
          his or her eligibility for retirement.

     (f)  "Participant" shall mean any employee of Kansas City Life
          Insurance Company, or any subsidiary corporation, under
          the rules of common law, who shall be a member of a
          select group of management or highly compensated
          employees designated for participation by Kansas City
          Life Insurance Company from time to time.

     (g)  "Company" means Kansas City Life Insurance Company, a
          Missouri Corporation, Sunset Life Insurance Company of
          America, a Washington Corporation, Old American Insurance
          Company, a Missouri Corporation and any other subsidiary
          corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance Company, any or
          all of which may sometimes be referred to herein as
          affiliated corporations.

     (h)  "Company stock" shall mean shares of the common capital
          stock of Kansas City Life Insurance Company.



                           ARTICLE III

                         Administration

1.   The Administrative Committee, sometimes herein referred to as
     the "Committee", shall consist of a number of persons, not
     less than three (3) nor more than five (5), designated by the
     Executive Committee of Kansas City Life Insurance Company, who
     shall serve terms of one (1) year or until their successors
     are designated, and said Committee shall have the responsi-
     bility for the general administration of the Plan and for
     carrying out the provisions of the Plan in accordance with its
     terms.  The Committee shall have absolute discretion in
     carrying out its responsibilities.

2.   The Committee may appoint from its members such committees
     with such powers as it shall determine; may authorize one (1)
     or more of its number or any agent to execute or deliver any
     instrument or make any payment on its behalf; and may utilize
     counsel, employ agents and provide for such clerical and
     accounting services as it may require in carrying out the
     provisions of the Plan.

3.   The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such
     place or places, and at such time or times as it may from time
     to time determine.

4.   The action of a majority of the members expressed from time to
     time by a vote in a meeting or in writing without a meeting
     shall constitute the action of the Committee and shall have
     the same effect for all purposes as if assented to by all
     members of the Committee at the time in office.

5.   No member of the Committee shall receive any compensation for
     his services as such, and, except as required by law, no bond
     or other security shall be required of him in such capacity in
     any jurisdiction.

6.   Subject to the limitations of this Plan and Trust, the Commit-
     tee from time to time shall establish rules or regulations for
     the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its
     business.  The Committee shall have full and complete
     discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and
     decide any and all matters arising hereunder, except such
     matters which the Executive Committee of the Company from time
     to time may reserve for itself, including the right to remedy
     possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions.  All
     interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Committee
     or the Executive Committee of Kansas City Life Insurance
     Company in respect of any matter hereunder shall be final,
     conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.  The
     Committee shall, when requested, submit a report to the
     Executive Committee of Kansas City Life Insurance Company
     giving a brief account of the operation of the Plan and the
     performance of the various funds and accounts established
     pursuant to the Plan.

7.   The Administrative Committee shall have full and complete
     discretionary authority to make all determinations as to the
     right of any person to a benefit.  Any denial by the Committee
     of a claim for benefits under this Plan by a participant or a
     beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Committee and
     delivered or mailed to the participant or the beneficiary,
     whichever is appropriate; and such notice shall set forth the
     specific reason for the denial, written to the best of the
     Committee's ability in a manner that may be understood without
     legal or actuarial counsel.  In addition, the Committee shall
     provide a reasonable opportunity to any participant or
     beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied for a
     review of the decision denying the claim.

8.   Any member of the Committee may resign by giving notice to the
     Executive Committee at least fifteen (15) days before the
     effective date of his resignation.  Any Committee member shall
     resign upon request of the Executive Committee.  The Executive
     Committee shall fill all vacancies on the Committee as soon as
     is reasonably possible after a resignation takes place, and
     until a new appointment takes place, the remaining members of
     the Committee shall have authority to act, if approved by
     either a majority of the remaining members or by two (2)
     members, whichever number is lesser.



                           ARTICLE IV

                    Participation in the Plan

1.   A qualified employee may commence his participation in this
     Plan as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next
     following his designation, whichever first occurs.  He shall
     be notified of his eligibility from time to time by the
     Company.

2.   The eligible employee who desires to participate must execute
     a salary reduction agreement in form prescribed by the
     Company, and the employee shall thereby agree to the terms of
     this Plan and any amendments hereafter adopted.

3.   At such time as the participating employee is no longer
     qualified, because of the criteria established by this Plan,
     no further salary reductions shall be made until he shall
     again be qualified and have elected to participate.

4.   Commencing January 1, 1998, each participant may elect to have
     his or her salary reduced in an amount equivalent to one per-
     cent (1%) through fifteen percent (15%), and said amount shall
     be withheld by payroll deduction.  These amounts shall be the
     participants' deferred compensation.  Commencing January 1,
     1998, the amount subject to this reduction shall not exceed
     nine percent (9%) of annual salary.  However, if the partici-
     pant's elective deferrals to the Kansas City Life Insurance
     Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan exceed ten thousand
     dollars ($10,000.00) during any year (subject to annual
     adjustments of this amount in the Kansas City Life Insurance
     Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan under Internal Revenue
     Code Sections 415(d), 402(g) and regulations), an additional
     amount in excess of nine percent (9%) of annual salary may be
     contributed by the participant.  The additional amount con-
     tributed may not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of annual
     salary.  A participant may change the percentage contribution
     rate as of the first day of any month, but not more than once
     in any six (6) month period pursuant to the rules of the
     Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings and Profit Sharing
     Plan.  However, this limitation shall not apply to a change in
     percentage contribution rate made effective January 1, 1998.
     The contributions herein may sometimes be referred to as the
     participant's "elective account".

5.   The Company shall maintain accounts reflecting the amount of
     salary withheld from an individual pursuant to this Plan, and
     the balance in each participant's elective account shall be
     fully vested at all times.  The assets reflected in such
     accounts shall be owned by the Company and shall be subject to
     the claims of the Company's creditors.

6.   At such time as Kansas City Life Insurance Company shall
     determine, it may provide a means whereby the respective
     participant may direct the investment of the value of his
     elective accounts during the period of his participation in
     the Plan.  The valuation of the participant's account shall be
     made by the Company not less often than quarterly, and the
     participant shall be entitled to receive an investment report
     from time to time.

7.   Amounts held in a participant's elective account shall be
     distributed to him or her within a period of ninety (90) days
     following his retirement, termination of employment, death, or
     total and permanent disability as determined under the law and
     regulations regarding Social Security.



                            ARTICLE V

                      Company Contributions

1.   The Company shall, with respect to each participant, maintain
     an account in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of
     such participant's contribution resulting from his salary
     reduction agreement prior to December 31, 1997.  The Company
     may, solely at its discretion, add additional amounts for the
     accounts of designated individuals as offsetting deferred
     compensation for amounts which would have otherwise been
     credited to them except for regulatory restrictions.  Com-
     mencing January 1, 1998, with respect to participants whose
     elective deferrals to the Kansas City Life Insurance Company
     Savings and Profit Sharing Plan exceed ten thousand dollars
     ($10,000.00) during any year (subject to annual adjustments of
     this amount under Internal Revenue Code Sections 415(d),
     402(g) and regulations), these additional amounts will include
     an amount equal to that which would otherwise have been con-
     tributed for these participants as a matching contribution
     under the Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings and
     Profit Sharing Plan.    Such Company contributions account
     shall be separate from the participant's elective account.
     Gains and losses regarding the value of such accounts shall be
     determined by the changes in market value of the common
     capital stock of the Company and the accumulation of divi-
     dends.  In the event of any change in the outstanding stock of
     the Company by reason of a stock dividend, recapitalization,
     merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, or any similar
     device, the account balance shall be adjusted appropriately.

2.   For purposes of fixing the amount of contributions made
     pursuant to this paragraph, the value of stock shall be at the
     average of its bid price on the over-the-counter market for
     all business days following the previous monthly valuation
     date.  The participant shall not have the right to direct the
     investment of the Company account established for his benefit.

3.   The balance in the Company account established for each
     participant shall be subject to the vesting provisions of
     Article VII.  The value of the Company account for such
     participant shall be distributed to him or her at the time of
     his retirement, termination of employment, death or total and
     permanent disability as defined under the law and regulations
     of the Social Security law.  The participant shall not be
     entitled to shares of the Company stock, and shall be entitled
     only to cash.



                           ARTICLE VI

    Allocation to and Evaluation of Participants' Accounts

1.   Investment funds.  The value of all accounts shall be
     determined on the basis of market values as of the last market
     business day of each month, except that when the value of any
     account is determined based upon the value of Kansas City Life
     stock the Kansas City Life stock shall be valued at the
     average of its bid price on the over-the-counter market for
     all business days following the previous monthly valuation
     date.  Accounting procedures shall reflect the establishment
     of at least four (4) separate accounts, sometimes herein
     referred to as Fund I, Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and
     commencing September 1, 1993, five (5) additional separate
     accounts shall be established, sometimes hereinafter referred
     to as Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX, with
     the intent that all participants' deferred compensation, and
     any earnings thereon, will be accounted for in Fund I, Fund
     II, Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX,
     and with the intent that all Company contributions, and any
     earnings thereon, will be accounted for in Fund III.  The
     value of deferred compensation referenced to Funds I, IV, V,
     VI, VII, VIII and IX shall be determined by the Company's
     general investments and the values of Funds II and III shall
     be determined by reference to the stock of Kansas City Life
     Insurance Company.  The Company shall have the right to
     segregate and maintain in trust specific assets for the
     purpose of valuing, managing and holding assets for the
     respective accounts.

2.   Participants' accounts.  An account shall be established for
     each participant with respect to Fund I, Fund II, Fund III and
     with respect to Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII
     and Fund IX or any other such fund that reasonable accounting
     practices shall require be established. All Funds shall be
     maintained in United States dollars.  A determination shall be
     made on each monthly valuation date of the value with respect
     to each fund, and shall reflect contributions made by both the
     participant and the Company and any gains or losses of the
     funds.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have
     the right to change the method of accounting from time to
     time.

3.   Selected investment.  Commencing September 1, 1993, a par-
     ticipant's deferred compensation may be invested one hundred
     percent (100%) in any one (1) of Funds I, II, IV, V, VI, VII,
     VIII or IX, or if he wishes to invest in more than one (1)
     fund, he shall specify the percentage to be invested in each
     fund.  However, such percentage must be a whole percentage,
     for example, one percent (1%), twenty-six percent (26%) or
     eighty percent (80%), and no fractional percentages will be
     permitted.  Each participant may make new investment choices
     for his deferred compensation to be effective September 1,
     1993 notwithstanding any changes made in the prior twelve (12)
     months.  Thereafter, a participant may request changes not
     more often than once a month.  However, if a participant is
     investing all or a portion of his deferred compensation in
     Fund II and transfers all or a part of his Fund II account to
     another fund (as described in the following paragraph 4),
     deferred compensation investment in Fund II must cease until
     at least six (6) months from the date of said transfer from
     Fund II.  The participant's deferred compensation shall also
     be invested in the same manner as the participant shall have
     designated pursuant to the rules of The Kansas City Life
     Insurance Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.

     Commencing November 1, 1996, a participant may request changes
     in the investment choices not more often than once a month
     without regard to investment choices made in the Kansas City
     Life Insurance Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.
     However, if a participant is investing all or a portion of his
     deferred compensation in Fund II and transfers all or a part
     of his Fund II account to another fund (as described in the
     following Paragraph 4), deferred compensation investment in
     Fund II must cease until at least six (6) months from the date
     of said transfer from Fund II.

4.   Investment changes.  Commencing September 1, 1993, any par-
     ticipant shall have the right not more often than once a month
     and notwithstanding any transfers made in the twelve (12)
     months prior to September 1, 1993, to require the value of any
     one (1) or more of his accounts be transferred for his account
     in any of Funds I, II, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII or IX provided
     such transfer shall be in whole percentages.  This right shall
     not apply to Fund III, and a participant that transferred the
     value of his account from Fund II to another fund in the six
     (6) months prior to September 1, 1993 may not transfer any
     amount into Fund II until at least six (6) months after the
     date of said transfer from Fund II.  Thereafter, transfers to
     or from Fund II may occur only once in a six (6) month period.
     Such transfers shall also be governed by reasonable rules of
     the Committee regarding the timeliness of notice.  Such
     transfers shall only occur at such time, and in the same
     manner, as the participant shall have designated pursuant to
     the rules of the Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings
     and Profit Sharing Plan.

     Commencing November 1, 1996, the participant may require the
     value of his accounts be transferred not more often than once
     a month to any one (1) or more of the other funds without
     regard to transfers made in the Kansas City Life Insurance
     Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan except for Fund II.
     Transfers to or from Fund II may only occur once in a six (6)
     month period and must be transferred at such time and in the
     same manner as the participant shall have designated pursuant
     to the rules of the Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings
     and Profit Sharing Plan.



                           ARTICLE VII

                             Vesting

1.   The value of a participant's account with respect to Company
     contributions made for his benefit shall be vested, to the
     extent of the percentage applicable, upon the valuation date
     of the month in which the participant completes the years of
     employment with the Company in accordance with the following
     schedule:


Years of Employment          Percentage Vested

                   1                             0
                   2                             0
                   3                            30
                   4                            40
                   5                            60
                   6                            80
                   7                           100

2.   A "year of employment" shall mean a twelve (12) consecutive
     monthly period of employment with the Company dating from
     commencement of employment, during which he or she shall
     complete at least one thousand (1,000) hours of employment.
     If an employee's employment with either Kansas City Life
     Insurance Company or one of its affiliated corporations shall
     be terminated, and he is immediately employed by any other of
     such affiliated corporations, his employment shall be regarded
     as continuous and treated as if under one employer for vesting
     purposes.  However, years of employment of an employee of Old
     American Insurance Company prior to November 1, 1991 shall not
     be taken into account for purposes of this Article VII.

3.   In the event a participant shall be terminated from employment
     with the Company or any of its affiliated corporations, by
     reason of death or retirement or early retirement as defined
     herein, the value of his account shall be one hundred percent
     (100%) vested upon the valuation date of the month in which
     such death or retirement occurs, and shall be distributed to
     him or her within a period of ninety (90) days thereafter.



                          ARTICLE VIII

                          Miscellaneous

1.   All distributions provided or pursuant to this Plan shall be
     in the form of a lump sum payment.  If a payment is made as a
     result of the death of the participant, the payment shall be
     made to the surviving spouse of the participant, if any,
     unless a beneficiary designation has been provided.

2.   Any participant or retired participant shall have the right to
     designate a new beneficiary at any time by filing with the
     Company a written request for such change, but any such change
     shall become effective only upon receipt of such request by
     the Company.  Upon receipt by the Company of such request, the
     change shall relate back to and take effect as of the date
     such participant signs such request whether or not such parti-
     cipant is living at the time the Company receives such request.
3.   If there be no designated beneficiary living or in effect at
     the death of such participant when any payment hereunder shall
     be payable to the beneficiary, then such payment shall be made
     as follows:  To such participant's spouse, if living; if not
     living, to such participant's then living lineal descendents,
     in equal shares, per stirpes; if none survives, to such par-
     ticipant's surviving parents, equally.  If neither survives,
     to such participant's executors or administrators.

4.   The interest hereunder of any participant, retired participant
     or beneficiary shall not be alienable, either by assignment or
     by any other method, and to the maximum extent permissible by
     law, shall not be subject to being taken, by any process
     whatever, by the creditors of such participant, retired
     participant or beneficiary.
5.   Nothing herein contained nor any action taken under the
     provisions hereof shall be construed as giving any employee
     the right to be retained in the employment of the Company.

6.   The Company shall have the right to amend or terminate this
     Plan at any time.


                                                  Exhibit 10 (b), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company




                     TWENTY-SECOND AMENDMENT

               KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                 SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN


     THIS TWENTY-SECOND AMENDMENT, comprising the restated Kansas
City Life Insurance Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan, except
as otherwise specifically stated in the Plan, is effective the lst
day of January, 1998, and is entered into by and between Kansas
City Life Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing
under the Laws of the State of Missouri, hereinafter called the
"Company", and Ronald E. Hiatt, John K. Koetting and Robert C.
Miller, hereinafter referred to as the "Trustees".

                            ARTICLE I
                  Creation and Purpose of Trust
     1.1  Name.  The Company hereby creates this Plan and Trust to
be known as the "Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings and
Profit Sharing Plan" (formerly the Kansas City Life Insurance
Company Savings and Investment Plan), hereinafter sometimes re-
ferred to as the "Plan" or "Trust".
     1.2  Purpose.  It is the purpose of this Plan to recognize the
contributions of its employees to the successful operation of the
Company and to reward such contributions by providing certain
savings and investment and profit sharing benefits for those who
become participants under the Plan, and for their beneficiaries.
     1.3  Exclusive Benefit of Employees.  This Agreement has been
made, and this Plan and Trust created, for the exclusive benefit of
the Company's full time employees and their beneficiaries.  The
terms of this Plan are intended to comply with the provisions of
Sections 401(a), 501(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 as amended from time to time, and Treasury Department Regu-
lations in connection therewith in order that the Plan and Trust
may qualify for tax exemption.  Under no circumstances shall any
part of the principal or income of the Plan and Trust be used for,
or revert to, the Company, or be used for, or diverted to, any pur-
poses other than for the exclusive benefit of the employees and
their beneficiaries.  This Plan and Trust shall not be construed,
however, as giving any employee, or any other person, any right,
legal or equitable as against the Company, the Trustees, or the
principal or income of the Trust, except as specifically provided
for herein, nor shall it be construed as giving any employee the
right to remain with the Company or in the Company's employment.

                           ARTICLE II
                  Qualification and Eligibility
     2.1  Qualification.  The requirements of qualification for
employees are set forth hereinafter.

     A.   Employees.  Each present and future employee shall be
          qualified as a participant in this Plan,

          (1)  who shall have completed one (1) year of employment
               with the Company during which he shall have com-
               pleted one thousand (1,000) hours of employment
               from date of hire, or if he has not completed one
               thousand (1,000) hours of employment within such
               period, then one thousand (1,000) hours of employ-
               ment during a calendar year beginning with the
               calendar year which includes the first anniversary
               of the employee's date of hire, and

          (2)  who shall have attained the age of twenty-one (21)
               years.


(3)With respect to this Plan, an "hour of employment"
               shall mean:

               (a)  Each hour for which an employee is directly or
                    indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by
                    the Company for the performance of duties.
                    These hours shall be credited to the employee
                    for the computation period or periods in which
                    the duties are performed; and

               (b)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
                    mitigation of damages, has been either awarded
                    or agreed to by the Company.  These ours shall
                    be credited to the employee for the computa-
                    tion period or periods to which the award or
                    agreement pertains rather than the computation
                    period in which the award, agreement or pay-
                    ment is made.

               (c)  Each hour for which an employee is directly or
                    indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by
                    the Company for reasons such as vacation,
                    holidays, illness, incapacity (including disa-
                    bility), layoff, jury duty, military leave or
                    leave of absence in a period during which no
                    duties are performed (irrespective of whether
                    the employment relationship has terminated).
                    These hours shall be credited to the employee
                    for the computation period or periods during
                    which the nonperformance of such duties occurs
                    and shall only be considered up to a maximum
                    of five hundred one (501) hours.  Hours of
                    service for  periods of time during which no
                    duties are performed under Subparagraphs (b)
                    and (c) shall be calculated and credited
                    according to Department of Labor Regulations
                    2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

               (d)  In computing an employee's hours of employment
                    on a weekly or monthly basis, when a record of
                    hours of employment is not available to
                    determine the hours of employment under
                    Subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the employee
                    shall be assumed to have worked forty-five
                    (45) hours for each week, or one hundred
                    ninety (190) hours for each month (as appli-
                    cable), for which the employee would be
                    required to be credited with at least one (1)
                    hour of employment under Subparagraphs (a),
                    (b) and (c) above.

(e)An "hour of employment" shall also include
                    time for which an employee is absent from work
                    either

                      (i)     by reason of the pregnancy of such
                              employee,

                     (ii)     by reason of the birth of a child of
                              the employee,

                    (iii)     by reason of the placement of a
                              child in connection with the
                              adoption of the child by the
                              employee, or

                     (iv)     for purposes of caring for the child
                              during the period immediately fol-
                              lowing the birth or placement for
                              adoption, or

                      (v)     a leave of absence covered under the
                              Family and Medical Leave Act of
                              1993.

                    However, the total number of hours of such
                    service counted for any one (1) period shall
                    not exceed five hundred one (501) hours.

               (4)  For the purpose of computing continuous
                    employment, leaves of absence may be included
                    which have been authorized by the Company for
                    any of the following reasons:

                    (a)  Sickness.

                    (b)  Disability.

                    (c)  Service with the armed forces of the
                         United States during any war or national
                         emergency declared by the President or
                         the Congress, or undeclared.

                    (d)  Pregnancy, not to exceed twelve (12)
                         months.

                    (e)  Public service, whether elected or
                         otherwise.

                    (f)  Obtaining additional education, involving
                         periods of time not to exceed twelve (12)
                         months for each leave of absence granted,
                         but only after completion of one (1) full
                         year of full time employment.
               (5)  Such leaves of absence may be counted in
                    computing continuous employment provided the
                    employee returns to active employment on or
                    before the end of such leave of absence, and
                    when because of service in the armed forces as
                    stated above, provided the employee returns to
                    active employment with the Company within
                    ninety (90) days following his discharge from
                    such service, or such longer period during
                    which his re-employment rights are protected
                    by law.

               (6)  Any such employee who is not qualified as a
                    participant prior to the commencement of such
                    a leave of absence shall not be so qualified
                    until his return to active employment.  The
                    provisions of this Section shall be applied in
                    a like manner to all employees under similar
                    circumstances.
     2.2  Eligibility Date.  Except as provided in the next
sentence, any employee of the Company who becomes qualified after
the effective date of this Agreement, shall be eligible to become
a participant as of the first (1st) business day of the month
coinciding with or next following the employee's qualification,
whichever first occurs.  Any employee of Old American Insurance
Company shall be eligible to become a participant no earlier than
November 1, 1992 and in accordance with the terms of the Adoption
Agreement dated December 19, 1991.
     2.3  Company to Furnish Eligibility Lists.  Each month, the
Company shall transmit to the Committee the names of all employees
and such other information concerning them as the Committee may
request.  The Committee shall then determine the employees who are
eligible, or who will be eligible as of the first (1st) business
day of each month to become participants and shall notify each such
employee in writing of the existence of this Trust and of its basic
provisions, and of the employee's eligibility, and shall provide a
form or application for participation, and such other forms, if
any, as may be required to effect participation.
     2.4  Election to Participate.  Any eligible employee who
desires to become a participant must execute and deliver to the
Committee an application for participation on the form provided by
the Committee and such other forms, if any, as may be required.  In
such application for participation, the employee shall agree to be
bound by the terms of this Plan and Trust and of all amendments
hereafter adopted with the same force and effect as if the employee
had executed this Plan and Trust, and shall set forth such reason-
able information as may be required by the Committee to effect
participation and maintain the qualified status of this Plan and
Trust.
     2.5  Failure to Elect.  Any employee who fails to elect to
become a participant at the time of first becoming eligible, may
elect to commence participation on the first (1st) business day of
any succeeding month provided the employee shall then be eligible.
Any employee on a leave of absence authorized by the Company, as
defined in Subparagraph A(4) hereinabove, at a time when he or she
could otherwise be eligible to become a participant, shall be
eligible on the first (1st) business day of the first (1st) month
coinciding with or next following return to active employment with
the Company provided that on such date he shall meet the eligi-
bility requirements.
     2.6  Participation and Service on Re-employment.  Subject to
the provisions of this Plan, participation in the Plan by an
employee shall cease upon termination of employment with the
Company.  Upon an employee's termination on or after January 1,
1976, any twelve (12) month employment period during which the
employee completes less than five hundred one (501) hours of
employment or work due to a termination shall constitute a one (1)
year break in service.
     Upon the re-employment by the Company of any person whose
participation has been terminated from January 1, 1976 through
December 31, 1984, the following rule shall apply in determining
his participation and vesting in the Plan:

     (a)  Participation - before a break in service:  If the
          employee is rehired before he has a one (1) year break in
          service, he shall be eligible to participate in the plan
          on the first (1st) business day of the month immediately
          following the date of his re-employment if he shall be
          otherwise qualified.

          After a break in service:  If an employee is rehired
          after he has a one (1) year break in service, he shall be
          eligible to participate in the Plan upon his completion
          of the requirements set forth in Paragraph 2.1 herein.

     (b)  Service - for vested participants:  In the case of a
          person who was vested when his prior period of employment
          terminated, any service attributable to his prior period
          of employment shall be reinstated as of the date of his
          reparticipation and he shall be vested immediately upon
          his reparticipation.

          For other persons:  In the case of a re-employed employee
          who was not a participant in the Plan during his prior
          period of employment, or in the case of a participant who
          was not vested when his prior period of employment
          terminated, any service attributable to his prior period
          of employment shall be restored only if the number of
          consecutive years of his break in service was less than
          the aggregate number of his years of prebreak service.
     Upon the re-employment by the Company of any person who has
been terminated on or after January 1, 1985, the following rules
shall apply in determining his participation and vesting in the
Plan:
     (a)  Participation - before a five (5) year break in service:
          If the employee is rehired before the number of one (1)
          year breaks in service equals or exceeds the greater of
          five (5) consecutive years of service, or the aggregate
          number of years of service earned before the consecutive
          breaks in service, he shall be eligible to participate in
          the Plan on the first (1st) business day of the month
          immediately following the date of his re-employment if he
          shall be otherwise qualified.  This rule of parity will
          apply to employees who had no vested interest on
          separation of employment.

          After a five (5) year break in service:  If an employee
          is re-hired and he does not qualify for participation or
          vesting under the rule in the above Paragraph, he shall
          be eligible to participate in the Plan upon his com-
          pletion of the requirements set forth in Paragraph 2.1
          herein.

     (b)  Service - for vested participants:  In the case of a
          person who was fully or partially vested in his Fund III
          account when his prior period of employment terminated,
          any service attributable to his prior period of
          employment shall be reinstated as of the date of his re-
          employment and he shall participate immediately and also
          be vested in accordance with prior years of service.

          For other persons:  In the case of a re-employed employee
          who was not a participant in the Plan during his prior
          period of employment, or in the case of a participant who
          was not vested when his prior period of employment
          terminated, any service attributable to his prior period
          of employment shall be restored unless the number of one
          (1) year breaks in service equals or exceeds the greater
          of five (5) consecutive years of service, or the
          aggregate number of years of service earned before the
          consecutive breaks in service.

          Sunset Life and Old American Insurance Company:  If an
          employee's employment with either Kansas City Life
          Insurance Company, Sunset Life Insurance Company of
          America, Old American Insurance Company, or any other
          affiliated corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance
          Company, shall be terminated and he is subsequently
          employed by any other of the affiliated corporations, his
          employment shall be treated as if under one (1) employer
          for the purpose of this Plan.
     2.7  In determining whether a break in service has occurred,
and not for purposes of determining a participant's vesting
service, the hours described in Paragraph 2.1A(3)(e) above shall be
treated as hours of service (i) only in the year in which the
absence from work begins, if a participant would be prevented from
incurring a one (1) year break in service in such year solely
because the period of absence is treated as hours of service as
provided in Paragraph 2.1A(3)(e), or (ii) in any other case, in the
immediately following year.

ARTICLE III Member Contributions

3.1 Rate of Contribution. Commencing January 1,
     1988,  each  participant  may elect to enter into a compensation  reduction
     agreement with the Company by which a contribution  will be made for his or
     her  respective  account  in an  amount  equivalent  to  one  percent  (1%)
     (commencing  September 1, 1993), two percent (2%), three percent (3%), four
     percent  (4%),  five percent (5%),  six percent  (6%),  seven percent (7%),
     eight percent (8%),  nine percent (9%), ten percent  (10%),  and commencing
     January 1, 1998,  eleven  percent (11%),  twelve  percent  (12%),  thirteen
     percent  (13%),  fourteen  percent (14%),  or fifteen  percent (15%) of his
     unreduced monthly salary or earnings, whichever may be applicable; provided
     however,  that no  contribution  in  excess  of  five  percent  (5%),  and,
     commencing  January  1,  1994,  six  percent  (6%),  shall  be made for any
     participant  who shall be  classified  as a highly  compensated  person.  A
     participant may elect to change his contribution  percentage rate as of the
     first  (1st) day of any month,  but not more than once in any six (6) month
     period,  by  giving  such  written  notice  as shall be  prescribed  by the
     Committee.  However,  this  limitation  shall  not  apply  to a  change  in
     contribution  percentage  rate  effective  January 1, 1994 made by a highly
     compensated person, or a change in contribution percentage rate made by any
     participant  that was effective  January 1, 1998. The contribution for each
     participant  shall be paid to the  Trustees not less often than monthly and
     credited to the respective  participant's  accounts.  No contribution for a
     participant  shall exceed ten thousand dollars  ($10,000.00)  each calendar
     year,  subject to annual  adjustments  pursuant  to Internal  Revenue  Code
     Sections  415(d),  402(g) and  regulations.  The  contributions  herein may
     sometimes  be  referred to as the  participant's  "elective  account".  3.2
     Salary or Compensation Defined.

     A.   For the purposes of Paragraph 3.1 herein and with respect
          to employees of the Company, the term "salary" or
          "compensation", includes only the fixed amounts, hourly,
          weekly, semi-monthly or monthly, due and payable to the
          employees of the Company, not reduced by any salary
          reductions, but not to exceed two hundred thousand
          dollars ($200,000.00) commencing January 1, 1989, and,
          commencing January 1, 1994, one hundred fifty thousand
          dollars ($150,000.00), for each calendar year, and does
          not include any bonuses, overtime, pay in lieu of
          vacation, pay while on layoff, severance pay, or other
          extraordinary payments by the Company.

     B.   The two hundred thousand dollar ($200,000.00) amount
          shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as
          permitted under Code Section 415(d) and regulations
          thereunder.  The one hundred fifty thousand dollar
          ($150,000.00) amount shall be adjusted at the same time
          and in such manner as permitted under Code Sections
          401(a)(17), 415(d) and regulations thereunder.  For all
          other purposes of this Plan, compensation shall be
          defined by the provisions of Internal Revenue Code
          Regulation 1.415-2(d)(11)(i) and shall also include any
          amount not includable in the gross income of an employee
          under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) and 403(b).

     C.   The family aggregation rules of Section 414(q) of the
          Internal Revenue Code, as modified by Section 401(a)(17),
          apply with respect to the requirement that the Plan must
          limit the amount of contributions taken into account in
          determining contributions.  That is, the Plan must treat
          the following family unit as a single employee with one
          compensation to which the annual compensation limit under
          the plan applies:

          An employee who is either a five percent (5%) owner or is
          both a highly compensated employee and one of the ten
          (10) most highly compensated employees, such employee's
          spouse, and any lineal descendants of such employee who
          have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of
          the year.  If the compensation for the family unit
          exceeds the annual compensation limit, then the Plan must
          prorate the limit among the members of the family unit in
          proportion to each individual's compensation.

          The family aggregation rules shall not apply effective
          January 1, 1997.

3.3  Suspension of  Contributions.  A participant  may suspend his  compensation
     reduction  agreement  as of the last day of any month by giving such notice
     as shall be prescribed  by the Com- mittee,  and no  contribution  shall be
     made during such suspension period.  Such suspension may last indefinitely.
     The  participant  may resume his  compensation  reduction  agreement on the
     first (1st) day of any month  following  the  expiration  of six (6) months
     from the date his  agreement  was  suspended,  providing  he shall  then be
     eligible to  participate,  by giving such notice as shall be  prescribed by
     the Committee.

3.4  Distribution  Conditions.  The  balance in each  partici-  pant's  elective
     account  shall be fully  vested at all times  and shall not be  subject  to
     forfeiture  for any  reason.  Amounts  held in the  participant's  elective
     account may not be distributable prior to the earlier of,

     (1)  his retirement, termination of employment or death;

     (2)  his attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2);

     (3)  termination of the Plan without establishment of a
          successor Plan by the Company or an affiliated employer;

     (4)  the date of the sale by the Company to an entity that is
          not an affiliated employer of substantially all the
          assets, within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2),
          with respect to a participant who continues employment
          with the corporation acquiring such assets;

     (5)  the date of the sale by the Company or an affiliated
          employer of its interest in a subsidiary to an entity
          which is not an affiliated employer with respect to a
          participant who continues employment with such sub-
          sidiary; or

     (6)  proven financial hardship, subject to the limitations of
          Section 3.5.
     In the event that the dollar limitation provided for in Para-
graph 3.1 is exceeded, the Administrative Committee shall direct
the Trustees to distribute such excess amount, and any income
allocable to such amount, to the participant not later than April
15th following the close of the participant's taxable year.  If
there is a loss allocable to such excess amount, the distribution
shall in no event be less than the lesser of the participant's
elective account or the amount of the contribution made for such
participant's elective account in the calendar year resulting from
his salary reduction agreement.
     In the event that a participant is also a participant in
another qualified cash or deferred arrangement as defined in Code
Section 401(k), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in
Code Section 408(k), or a salary reduction arrangement within the
meaning of Code Section 3121(a)(5)(d), and the elective deferrals,
as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), made under such other
arrangements and this Plan cumulatively exceed ten thousand dollars
($10,000.00) or such amount adjusted annually as provided in Code
Section 415(d) and regulations for such participant's taxable year,
the participant may, not later than March 1st following the close
of his taxable year, notify the Administrative Committee in writing
of such excess and request that his deferred compensation to this
Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the participant.  Such
amount shall then be distributed in the same manner as provided in
the previous Paragraph.
     3.5  Withdrawal, Extreme Financial Necessity.  The Adminis-
trative Committee, in its sole discretion, may direct the Trustees
to distribute to any participant or his beneficiary up to one
hundred percent (100%) of the participant's elective account,
valued as of the most recent valuation date, in the case of proven
extreme financial necessity.  Commencing January 1, 1988, such
distribution shall be limited solely to the participant's deferred
compensation without regard to any earnings on such deferred com-
pensation.  Withdrawal under this section shall only be authorized
in the event of financial hardship resulting from accident to or
sickness of a participant or his dependents; or financial hardship
resulting from the establishing or preserving of the home in which
the participant resides, provided funds are not reasonably
available from other financial resources to the participant.
Furthermore, any withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of this
section shall be governed by the provisions of ARTICLE IX herein
regarding suspension of participation and forfeitures, except that
the period of suspension shall be twelve (12) months, and the
Administrative Committee's determination with respect to any
question herein shall be final.  However, withdrawals pursuant to
this Paragraph may not be made by an individual who is an alternate
payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and for whom an
account is being separately maintained, nor shall withdrawals
pursuant to this Paragraph be made by a former employee who was a
participant and who has not withdrawn all the value of his elective
account pursuant to Paragraph 10.4.
     The Company and the Administrative Committee shall adopt
procedures necessary to implement the compensation reduction
elections provided for herein.
     3.6  Compensation Reduction Limitations.  To insure continued
qualification of the Plan, a test sometimes referred to as the
"actual deferral percentage test" must be met for each Plan year.
In order to meet the ADP test, it may be necessary to adjust
contributions made by the Company resulting from the compensation
reduction agreements entered into by certain of the participants.
     In the event that the contribution ratios of the Plan do not
satisfy the test, the Administrative Committee shall adjust the
contributions resulting from the compensation reduction agreements
as follows effective January 1, 1997:

     (a)  Any distribution under this Paragraph shall be made on or
          before the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month
          following the end of the Plan year, but in no event later
          than the close of the following Plan year, which in this
          case is a calendar year, and shall be determined in the
          following manner:

            (i)     The dollar amount of excess contributions for
                    each highly compensated participant shall be
                    calculated.

           (ii)     The total of the dollar amounts in (i) shall
                    be determined.

          (iii)     The contributions resulting from the com-
                    pensation reduction agreement ("elective
                    contributions") of the highly compensated
                    participant with the highest dollar amount of
                    elective contributions shall be reduced by the
                    amount required to cause that highly com-
                    pensated participant's elective contributions
                    to equal the dollar amount of the elective
                    contributions of the highly compensated
                    participant with the next highest dollar
                    amount of elective contributions.  This amount
                    shall be distributed to the highly compensated
                    participant with the highest dollar amount.
                    However, if a lesser reduction, when added to
                    the dollar amount already distributed under
                    this (iii) would equal the total excess
                    contributions, the lesser reduction amount
                    shall be distributed.

           (iv)     If the total amount distributed is less than
                    the total excess contributions, reductions
                    shall continue to be made in accordance with
                    (iii) until the total amount distributed
                    equals the total excess contributions.

     (b)  For purposes of this Paragraph, income means the gain or
          loss allocable to excess contributions which shall equal
          the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan year
          and the allocable gain or loss for the period between the
          end of the Plan year and the date of distribution (gap
          period).  The income or loss allocable for the Plan year
          and the gap period is calculated separately and is
          determined by multiplying the income or loss for the Plan
          year and gap period by a fraction.  The numerator of the
          fraction is the excess contributions made by the employee
          for the Plan year, and the denominator is the total
          account balance of the employee attributable to elective
          contributions as of the end of the Plan year, reduced by
          the gain allocable to such total amount for the Plan year
          and increased by the loss allocable to such total amount
          for the Plan year.  The income allocable to excess
          contributions for the period between the end of the Plan
          year and the date of distribution shall be calculated in
          the same manner by substituting "gap period" for "Plan
          year" in the fraction.

     3.7  Deferral Percentage Test.

     (a)  Maximum annual allocation:  Effective January 1, 1997,
          the actual deferral percentage for eligible highly
          compensated employees for the Plan year bears a
          relationship to the actual deferral percentage for all
          other eligible employees for the preceding Plan year
          which meets either of the following tests:
          1.   The actual deferral percentage for the highly
               compensated participant group shall not be more
               than the actual deferral percentage of the
               nonhighly compensated participant group multiplied
               by 1.25, or

          2.   The excess of the actual deferral percentage for
               the highly compensated participant group over the
               actual deferral percentage for the nonhighly
               compensated participant group shall not be more
               than two (2) percentage points or such lesser
               amount determined pursuant to regulations to
               prevent the multiple use of this alternative
               limitation with respect to any highly compensated
               participant.  Additionally, the actual deferral
               percentage for the highly compensated participant
               group shall not exceed the actual deferral per-
               centage for the nonhighly compensated participant
               group multipled by two (2).

     (b)  For the purposes of this section, actual deferral
          percentage means, with respect to the highly compensated
          participant group and nonhighly compensated participant
          group for a Plan year the average of the ratio, cal-
          culated separately for each participant in such group, of
          the amount of contribution allocated to each partici-
          pant's account resulting from compensation reduction
          agreements, unreduced by distributions made pursuant to
          Paragraph 3.5 for such Plan year, to such participant's
          compensation for such Plan year.  In addition, for
          purposes of this section, highly compensated participant
          and non-highly compensated participant shall include any
          employee eligible to enter into a compensation reduction
          agreement whether or not such agreement was made, or
          suspended under the provisions of this Plan.

     (c)  In the application of the tests referred to above, the
          Plan shall take elective contributions into account for
          the Plan year only if attributable to compensation that
          would be received by the participant during the Plan
          year, or earned during the Plan year and received within
          two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the Plan
          year.  Such contribution shall be taken into account for
          a Plan year only if it is allocated to the participant's
          account on a day within the Plan year.
     3.8  Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test.  In addition
to the "actual deferred percentage test" referred to in Paragraph
3.6 above, the Plan must comply with the "actual contribution
percentage test" required by Section 401(m)(1) and (2) of the
Internal Revenue Code.  Effective January 1, 1997, the actual
contribution percentage for eligible highly compensated employees
for the Plan year shall bear a relationship to the actual
contribution percentage for all other employees for the preceding
Plan year which meets either of the tests similar to those stated
in Paragraph 3.7(a).  Rather than stating the test in this Plan,
the test is adopted by incorporating by reference herein the
provisions of said Section 401(m)(1) and (2) and the regulations
issued thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service.

     (a)  In the event the actual contribution ratios of the Plan
          do not satisfy the test, the Administrative Committee
          shall distribute any excess aggregate contributions in a
          manner similar to that stated in Paragraph 3.6(a).
          However, if the highly compensated participant is not
          fully vested in the matching Company contribution and
          income allocable to such contribution, the non-vested
          amounts shall be forfeited pursuant to ARTICLE X and
          applied pursuant to ARTICLE XI.

     (b)  For purposes of this Paragraph, income means the income
          or loss allocable to excess aggregate contributions which
          shall equal the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the
          Plan year and the allocable gain or loss for the period
          between the end of the Plan year and the date of distri-
          bution (gap period).  The income or loss allocable to
          excess aggregate contributions for the Plan year and gap
          period is calculated separately by multiplying the income
          or loss allocable to matching contributions by a
          fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the amount of
          excess aggregate contributions made on behalf of the
          employee for the Plan year or gap period.  The denomi-
          nator is the total account balance of the employee
          attributable to matching contributions as of the end of
          the Plan year or gap period reduced by the gain allocable
          to such total amount for the Plan year or gap period and
          increased by the loss allocable to such total amount for
          the Plan year or gap period.

     (c)  All such distributions shall be made on or before the
          fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following
          the end of the Plan year in which the excess aggregate
          contributions were made, and no later than the end of the
          following Plan year.

     (d)  Any distribution or forfeiture of excess aggregate
          contributions for any Plan year shall be made on the
          basis of the respective portions of such amounts
          attributable to each highly compensated person.

     (e)  Matching contributions that are vested may not be
          forfeited to correct excess aggregate contributions.

     (f)  Furthermore, with respect to the application of the
          actual deferred percentage test and the actual
          contribution percentage test, the multiple use of
          alternative limitation rule may be applied.  For this
          purpose, proposed Regulation 1.401(m)-2 is hereby
          incorporated by reference.
     3.9  Combined Deferral Plans.  For the purposes of this Plan,
a highly compensated participant and nonhighly compensated
participant shall include any employee eligible to participate in
this Plan whether or not such participation was elected, or any
eligible employee whose participation has been suspended pursuant
to Paragraphs 3.3 or 3.5.
     For the purposes of this Plan, if two (2) or more plans which
include cash or deferred arrangements are considered one (1) plan
for the purposes of Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(4) or
Section 410(b), the cash or deferred arrangements included in such
plan shall be treated as one (1) arrangement.
     For the purposes of this Plan, if a highly compensated
participant is a participant under two (2) or more cash or deferred
arrangements of the Company or an affiliated company, all such cash
or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one (1) cash or
deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining the deferral
percentage with respect to such highly compensated participant.
     Notwithstanding the above, the determination and treatment of
elective contributions and "actual deferral percentage" of any
participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
     3.10  Rollover Contributions.

     A.   Rollover of distribution from qualified plan.  Effective
          January 1, 1998, an employee of the Company may, in
          accordance with procedures approved by the Administrative
          Committee, contribute to the Plan, as a rollover con-
          tribution, part or all of a cash distribution, or cash
          proceeds from a sale of property included in a
          distribution, that qualifies as an "eligible rollover
          distribution", within the meaning of Code Section
          402(c)(4), from a plan qualified under Code Section
          401(a) in which the employee was a participant, provided,
          however, that such amount shall be paid to the Trustees
          on or before the sixtieth (60th) day after receipt by the
          employee of the distribution from the other qualified
          plan.  An employee shall be entitled to make such a
          rollover contribution regardless of whether the employee
          has satisfied the service and age qualification require-
          ments of Paragraph 2.1A(1) and (2).

          Alternatively, the Trustee may receive such contribution
          in a direct rollover from another qualified plan in which
          the employee was a participant.

          An employee shall not be permitted to make a rollover
          contribution of any amount that is or has been in an
          individual retirement account or an individual retirement
          annuity, as defined in Code Section 408, regardless of
          whether such amount originated in a qualified plan in
          which the employee was a participant.

     B.   Accounting for and distribution of contributions.  All
          amounts received as rollover contributions pursuant to
          Paragraph A of this section shall be credited to the
          employee's "elective account" as if they were partici-
          pant contributions pursuant to a compensation reduction
          agreement.  They shall be invested in the same way that
          contributions under Paragraph 3.1 are invested, and they
          shall be subject to the same rules as apply to contri-
          butions under Paragraph 3.1 relating to withdrawal and
          distributions.  Rollover contributions shall be one
          hundred percent (100%) vested at all times.

          Nothwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section

          (1)  rollover contributions shall not be treated as
               annual additions for purposes of Code Section 415;
               and

          (2)  rollover contributions shall not be taken into
               account for purposes of either the actual deferral
               percentage test of Code Section 401(k)(3) or the
               average compensation percentage test of Code
               Section 401(m)(3).

                           ARTICLE IV
                 Matching Company Contributions
     4.1  Rate of Contribution.  The Company shall, with respect to
each participant, contribute to the Trustees as soon as practicable
after the end of each month, out of its current or accumulated
earnings and profits as shown on the books used in preparing its
annual reports, without regard to whether it has any current or
accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes,
a matching amount determined as follows:

     (a)  for employees for whom compensation reduction agreements
          were in effect on December 31, 1997, and

     (b)  for employees hired by the Company in 1997 or earlier who
          are not eligible to make compensation reduction agree-
          ments as of December 31, 1997 but who choose to make
          compensation reduction agreements when they first become
          eligible to participate,
the Company shall match the participant's compensation reduction
$1.00 for each $1.00 deferred, with a maximum of six percent (6%)
of a participant's compensation.

     (c)  for all other employees, the matching amount contributed
          by the Company shall vary depending on the employee's
          years of employment [as defined in Paragraph 8.1], as
          follows:

                                      Matching Amount per
                                        $1.00 Deferred
                                      (Counting Deferrals
       Years of Employment         up to 6% of Compensation)

           Less than 5                       $0.50
              5 - 9                           0.75
           10 or More                         1.00
     Company contributions with respect to a participant shall be
paid into the Trust and credited to such participant's account with
respect to Fund III.
     4.2  Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution.  Beginning
with the Plan year ending December 31, 1998 and for each Plan year
thereafter, the Company may, at its discretion, make a contribution
to the Plan on behalf of each employee of the Company eligible to
participate in the Plan who is employed on the last day of the Plan
year based on profits regardless of whether the employee has
elected to make compensation reduction contributions.  The profit
sharing contribution shall be in the form specified in Paragraph
4.3 and shall be accounted for in Fund III.  The profit sharing
contribution shall be allocated to each employee in the proportion
that each employee's compensation (as defined in Paragraph 3.2) for
the Plan year bears to the total compensation for all employees for
the Plan year, but shall not exceed four percent (4%) of each
employee's compensation for the Plan year.
     4.3  Form of Payment.  The contributions of Kansas City Life
Insurance Company may be made in cash, in treasury stock or in
shares of authorized but unissued stock of Kansas City Life Insur-
ance Company.  If the Company or any affiliated participating
company shall make its contribution in cash, the Trustees shall
have the authority to purchase shares, acting independently as to
when purchases are made, the number of shares to be purchased, the
prices to be paid, and the broker, if any employed, to effect the
purchases.  The contributions of any participating affiliated
corporation shall be converted to stock in such manner as shall be
satisfactory to the Trustees and the respective companies from time
to time.  For purposes of fixing the amount of contributions made
with shares of treasury stock, or shares of authorized but unissued
stock, and commencing with the valuation date of the Plan in June,
1982, such stock shall be valued at the average of its bid price on
the over-the-counter market for all business days following the
previous monthly valuation date.  In the event the Company is
precluded from delivering such shares to the Trustees by law or
because of the unavailability of such shares, the Company's
contribution to the Trustees shall be in cash, and said cash shall
be invested until such time as shares of the Company stock shall be
available for purchase by the Trustees.

                            ARTICLE V
                   Investment of Contributions
     5.1  Investment of Funds.  Contributions to the Trust shall be
invested in accordance with the authority granted to the Trustees
pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and Trust.  It is con-
templated that the contribution made by the Company from time to
time be in the form of shares of the Company stock, and that cash
contributions to the Trust, whether by the Company or the parti-
cipant, may be used for the purchase of Company stock.
     5.2  Voting of Shares.  The Trustees shall vote the shares of
stock of the Company for the respective accounts of the partici-
pants only in accordance with the directions of such participants,
which directions may be certified to the Trustees by the Committee,
or any agent designated thereby, provided such directions are
received by the Trustees at least five (5) days before the date set
for the meeting at which such shares are to be voted.  Shares with
respect to which no such direction shall be received and the
fractional shares shall be voted by the Trustees in the same
proportions as are shares as to which voting instructions have been
received.
     5.3  Tender Offer.  Notwithstanding any language in this Plan
to the contrary, if the common capital stock of Kansas City Life
Insurance Company shall become the subject of a tender offer, the
Trustees may not take any action in response to such tender offer
except as otherwise provided herein.
     Upon notice from the Trustees of the Plan, and subject to
their rules of procedure then issued, each participant may direct
the Trustees to sell, offer to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose
of the common capital stock of Kansas City Life Insurance Company
allocated to such participant in Fund II and Fund III.  The
participant's direction may apply to either or both of said funds.
Any such action shall only be in accordance with the provisions,
conditions and terms of such tender offer and the provisions of
this Plan.
     The Trustees shall sell, offer to sell, exchange or otherwise
dispose of the common stock allocated to Fund II and Fund III of
the participants with respect to which they have received
directions to do so pursuant to this ARTICLE.
     To the extent to which participants do not instruct the
Trustees or do not issue valid directions to the Trustees to sell,
offer to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the common stock
allocated to their Fund II and/or Fund III, such participants shall
be deemed to have directed the Trustees that such shares shall
remain invested in said common capital stock.
     If a participant's tender shall be accepted, the account or
accounts of the participant whose stock has been tendered shall be
reduced by the value of the stock so tendered.  The date for
valuation shall be established by the Trustees, and in order to
facilitate such tender offers the Trustees may require special
valuation dates.
     At such time as cash is received for the benefit of a
tendering participant, such cash shall be maintained in an escrow
account for the benefit of such participant until such time as the
Trustees shall determine that the reinvestment of the funds in the
accounts of Fund II and/or Fund III shall be appropriate.  Interest
as earned by the Trustees in such escrow account shall be credited
to the accounts of those participants whose cash is held.  The
availability of such cash for investment shall be the primary
objective of the Trustees in the selection of the escrow account.

                           ARTICLE VI
     Allocation to and Evaluation of Participants' Accounts
     6.1  Investment Funds.  The value of all Trust assets shall be
determined on the basis of market values as of the last market
business day of each month, except that the Kansas City Life stock
shall be valued at the average of its bid price on the over-the-
counter market for all business days following the previous monthly
valuation date.  Accounting procedures shall reflect the establish-
ment of at least four (4) separate funds, sometimes herein referred
to as Fund I, Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, with the intent that
all participants' contributions, and any earnings thereon, will be
accounted for in Fund I, Fund II and Fund IV, and with the intent
that all Company contributions, and any earnings thereon, will be
accounted for in Fund III.  Commencing January 1, 1988, the
Administrative Committee may elect to establish new or subaccounts
within the four (4) funds referred to herein for the purpose of
separately accounting for the participants' elective deferral
accounts and the Company's equivalent matching contributions.
Commencing September 1, 1993, five (5) additional Funds (and new or
subaccounts within them) shall be established, hereinafter called
Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX, for the purpose
of separately accounting for the participants' elective deferral
accounts and accounts attributable to the participants' contribu-
tions prior to January 1, 1988, and earnings thereon. Contributions
to Funds I, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX shall be invested by the
Trustees in general investments pursuant to ARTICLE XIV.  Contribu-
tions to Fund II shall be invested in shares of the Company stock
pursuant to Paragraph 6.5, and the contributions to Fund III shall
be in the form of shares of the Company stock pursuant to ARTICLE
IV.  There shall be no guarantee regarding interest or gain, nor
shall there by an guarantee against loss of principal in any of
these Funds.  It is intended that the Plan comply with Section
404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     6.2  Participants' Accounts.  An account shall be established
for each participant with respect to Fund I, Fund II and with
respect to Fund III, Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII
and Fund IX or any other such fund that reasonable accounting
practices shall require be established.  All Funds shall be main-
tained in United States dollars.  A determination shall be made on
each monthly valuation date of the value with respect to each fund,
and shall reflect contributions made by both the participant and
the Company and any gains or losses of the funds.  Each participant
shall be provided a statement of his accounts, reflecting the value
thereof, not less often than annually.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall have the right to change the method of
accounting from time to time except that no participant's account
balances shall be reduced because of such change.
     6.3  Selected Investments.  Each participant shall have the
right to require the Trustees to invest all or a portion of his
monthly contribution in either the assets of Fund I, Fund II or
Fund IV.  He shall initially indicate his choice at the time he
commences his participation, in accordance with the requirements of
the Committee, and he may subsequently request changes in accord-
ance with the provisions of Paragraph 6.4 herein.  His
contributions shall so be invested under one of the following
options:

(a)One hundred percent (100%) in Fund I, one hundred percent
          (100%) in Fund II or one hundred percent (100%) in Fund
          IV.

     (b)  Thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) in each of
          Funds I, II and IV.

     (c)  Fifty percent (50%) in each of any two (2) of Funds I, II
          and IV.
     Commencing September 1, 1993, a participant may require the
Trustees to invest all or a portion of his monthly contribution in
either the assets of Fund I, Fund II, Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI,
Fund VII, Fund VIII or Fund IX.  His contributions may be invested
one hundred percent (100%) in any one of these Funds, or, if he
wishes to invest in more than one (1) Fund, he shall specify the
percentage to be invested in each Fund.  However, such percentage
must be a whole percentage, for example, one percent (1%), twenty-
six percent (26%) or eighty percent (80%), and no fractional
percentages will be permitted.
     Each  participant may make new investment choices for his
monthly contribution to be effective September 1, 1993 notwith-
standing any changes made in the prior twelve (12) months.
Thereafter, a participant may request changes not more often than
once a month.  However, if a participant is investing all or a
portion of his monthly contribution in Fund II and transfers all or
a part of his Fund II account to another fund (as described in
Paragraph 6.4), monthly contributions to Fund II must cease until
at least six (6) months after the date of said transfer from Fund
II.
     6.4  Investment Changes.  Any participant shall have the right
from time to time, although not more often than once within a
twelve (12) month period, to require that the value of any one (1)
or more of his accounts be transferred for investment for his
account in any of Funds I, II or IV, provided that this right shall
not apply to Fund III, and, commencing January 1, 1977, no such
transfers shall be permitted from Fund IV to any other fund, and no
such transfers shall be permitted from Fund I to Fund II.  Such
transfer shall also be governed by reasonable rules of the Adminis-
trative Committee regarding the timeliness of notice.
     Commencing September 1, 1993, a participant shall have the
right, not more often than once a month and not withstanding any
transfers made in the twelve (12) months prior to September 1,
1993, to require that the value of any one (1) or more of his
accounts be transferred for investment for his account in any of
Funds I, II, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII or IX provided that such transfer
shall be made in whole percentages.  This right shall not apply to
Fund III, and a participant that transferred the value of his
account from Fund II to another fund in the six (6) months prior to
September 1, 1993 may not transfer any amount into Fund II until at
least six (6) months after the date of said transfer from Fund II.
Thereafter, transfers to or from Fund II may occur only once in a
six (6) month period.  All transfers shall be governed by reason-
able rules of the Administrative Committee regarding the timeliness
of notice.
     6.5  Fund II Assets.  A participant's contributions allocated
to Fund II pursuant to Paragraph 6.3 herein shall be invested in
shares of the Company stock subject to the limitations herein.
Such shares shall be purchased by the Trustees, acting indepen-
dently as to when purchases are made, the number of shares to be
purchased, the prices to be paid, and the broker, if any employed
to effect the purchases; provided however, that during any period
during which the Company or the Trustees are precluded from making
purchases of Kansas City Life Insurance Company shares by law, or
at any other time the Trustees may elect and the Company shall
agree, if permitted by law, the Trustees may purchase shares of the
Company's treasury stock or shares of its authorized but unissued
stock.  Such stock shall be valued in accordance with Paragraph 4.2
herein.  In the event the Company does not agree to sell its
treasury stock or authorized but unissued stock, and if the
Trustees are precluded from buying or are unable to buy such stock
on the market, the Trustees shall invest such contributions until
such time as shares of the Company stock shall be available for
purchase by the Trustees.
     6.6  Dividend Reinvestment.  Dividends and any other distri-
butions received by the Trustees with respect to the investments
allocated to Fund II and Fund III shall be invested in shares of
the Company stock subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.2 and
6.5 herein.
     6.7  Fund IV Account and Additional Fund Accounts.  Commencing
with the first (1st) valuation date in January, 1977, Fund IV shall
then and thereafter be placed on the unit valuation system, as
prescribed by Paragraph 6.2 herein, and the following amended
provisions of this Paragraph 6.7 shall also then apply.  This fund
shall now be maintained in United States dollars.  Commencing
January 1, 1988, Fund IV and commencing September 1, 1993, Fund V,
Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX shall be invested by the
Trustees in general investments pursuant to ARTICLE XIV.  There
shall be no guarantee regarding interest, nor shall there be any
guarantee against loss of principal.  All gains or losses, if any,
shall be allocated to the accounts of the participants in the Funds
when realized.

                           ARTICLE VII
             Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility
     7.1  Fiduciaries.  The fiduciaries shall have only those
specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are
specifically given them under this Plan.  The Company shall have
the sole responsibility for making the contributions required by
the provisions of ARTICLE IV, shall have the sole authority to
appoint and remove the Trustees, members of the Administrative
Committee, and to amend or terminate, in whole or in part, this
Plan and Trust.
     7.2  Administration.  The Administrative Committee shall have
the sole responsibility for the administration of this Plan, which
responsibility is specifically described in ARTICLE XII herein.
     7.3  Trustees.  The Trustees shall have the sole responsi-
bility for the administration and management of the assets held
pursuant to this Plan and Trust, all as specifically provided for
herein.
     7.4  Duties.  Each fiduciary warrants that any direction
given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust, authorizing
or providing for such direction, information, or action.  Further-
more, each fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information,
or action of another fiduciary as being proper under this Plan, and
is not required herein to inquire into the propriety of any such
direction, information, or action.  It is intended under this Plan
that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of
its own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations pursuant
to the Plan and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to
act of another fiduciary.  No fiduciary guarantees the Trust fund
in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset
value.

                          ARTICLE VIII
                             Vesting
     8.1  Vesting of Company Contributions.  Commencing January 1,
1988, the value of a participant's account with respect to Company
contributions made for his benefit shall be vested, to the extent
of the percentage applicable, upon the valuation date of the month
in which the participant completes the years of employment with the
Company in accordance with the following schedule:

               Years of                Percentage
              Employment                 Vested

                   1                        0
                   2                        0
                   3                       30
                   4                       40
                   5                       60
                   6                       80
                   7                      100

A "year of employment" shall be deemed to mean twelve (12) con-
secutive monthly periods of employment with the Company, dating
from the commencement of employment, during which he or she shall
complete at least one thousand (1,000) hours of employment.
Beginning January 1, 1998, a "year of employment" shall mean one
thousand (1,000) hours of employment during the calendar year.  An
employee who completes one thousand (1,000) hours of employment in
the twelve (12) month period beginning with his date of employment
in 1997 (or an anniversary of his date of employment if he began
his employment before 1997) and also completes one thousand (1,000)
hours of employment in the 1998 calendar year will be credited with
two (2) years of employment for purposes of this Paragraph.  How-
ever, years of employment of an employee of Old American Insurance
Company prior to November 1, 1991 shall not be taken into account
for purposes of this ARTICLE VIII.  If an employee's employment
with either Kansas City Life Insurance Company or one of its
affiliated corporations shall be terminated, and he is immediately
employed by any other of such affiliated corporations, his
employment shall be regarded as continuous and treated as if under
one (1) employer for vesting purposes.
     In the event a participant shall be terminated from employment
with the Company or any of its affiliated corporations, by reason
of death or retirement, the value of his or her account with
respect to Company contributions shall be one hundred percent
(100%) vested upon the valuation date of the month in which such
death or retirement occurs.
     The value of a participant's account with respect to his or
her personal contributions, and accounted for in Fund I, Fund II,
Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX shall be
fully vested at all times.
     8.2  Vesting of Company Contributions upon Termination of
Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the full value
of a participant's account, including not only his own contribu-
tions and the earnings thereon, but the contributions of the
Company, and any earnings thereon, shall be fully vested in him
when and if the Plan shall at any time be terminated for any
reason, or upon the complete discontinuance of Company contribu-
tions hereunder, or upon termination of employment of a group of
participants constituting a partial termination of the Plan.

                           ARTICLE IX
                       Account Withdrawals
     9.1  Optional Withdrawals.  Commencing January 1, 1988, a
participant may elect to withdraw at any time all or any part of
the value of his accounts with respect to Fund I, Fund II and Fund
IV attributable to the participant's contributions made prior to
January 1, 1988, and, commencing September 1, 1993, a participant
may also elect to withdraw at any time all or any part of the value
of his accounts with respect to Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund
VIII or Fund IX attributable to the participant's contributions
made prior to January 1, 1988.  However, no withdrawal of any part
of Company matching contributions allocated to his account with
respect to Fund III shall be permitted except as provided in
Paragraph 9.2; and further provided that any withdrawal of a
participant's "elective account" referred to in Paragraph 3.1 shall
be subject to the restrictions of Paragraph 3.5.  However, with-
drawals pursuant to this Paragraph may not be made by an individual
who is an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order and for whom an account is being separately maintained.  No
amounts attributable to the Company's profit sharing contributions
may be withdrawn under this ARTICLE IX.
     9.2  Withdrawals for Financial Need.  Commencing January 1,
1988, no withdrawal of funds for financial need shall be made
except as permitted pursuant to Paragraph 3.5 herein.
     9.3  Penalty for Withdrawal.  Commencing January 1, 1985, any
participant who withdraws funds under Paragraph 9.1 will not be
permitted to make contributions for a period of six (6) months from
the date of withdrawal.  All amounts withdrawn may be replaced, but
not less than all, within five (5) years of the date of withdrawal.
No forfeiture from his account with respect to Fund III shall occur
as a result of any such withdrawals effected after January 1, 1976
if he shall be at least fifty percent (50%) vested.  If the
participant who makes a withdrawal is less than fifty percent (50%)
vested at the time of such withdrawal, he shall he shall forfeit
the dollar amount from his account with respect to Fund III
equivalent to fifty percent (50%) of the dollar amount his accounts
with respect to Fund I, Fund II and Fund IV (and, commencing
September 1, 1993, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund
IX) are reduced by virtue of said withdrawal, provided however, the
amount so forfeited from Fund III shall not exceed the total dollar
value of said participant's nonvested funds determined pursuant to
Paragraph 8.1 herein.  The amount subject to such forfeiture shall
be set aside by the Trustees in an interest bearing account.  If
the participant returns the full amount of his withdrawal to the
Trustees within five (5) years of the date of withdrawal, the full
value of the amount initially set aside in the interest account
shall thereupon be reinvested and restored to his account in Fund
III.  The interest earned on such amount shall be treated as
interest earnings of Fund III for the benefit of all participants
in such Fund.  In the event the amount withdrawn is not returned
within the time period referred to herein, the amount subject to
forfeiture shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with
Paragraph 11.1 of this Plan.
     9.4  Time and Method of Payment.  All payments under this
ARTICLE shall be made as soon as practicable after the next monthly
valuation following the giving of such written notice as shall be
prescribed by the Committee with respect to withdrawals pursuant to
Paragraph 9.1, or a decision of the Committee as provided with
respect to withdrawals pursuant to Paragraph 3.5, and shall be paid
either in cash or in shares of Kansas City Life Insurance Company
stock pursuant to this Plan.  The funds shall reflect the value of
any withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of this ARTICLE IX.
     9.5  Elective Account Loans.  Commencing January 1, 1988, a
participant may request a loan to be made from his or her elective
account or accounts under such conditions and terms as shall be
approved from time to time by the Adminstrative Committee.  Any
loan made pursuant to this Paragraph, when added to the outstanding
balance of all other loans made to the participant, shall be
limited to the lesser of:

     (a)  Fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) reduced by the excess
          of the highest outstanding balance of loans to the parti-
          cipant during the twelve (12) month period ending on the
          day before the date on which such loan is made, over the
          outstanding balance of loans to the participant on the
          date on which such loan is made, or

     (b)  The greater of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) or one-
          half (1/2) of the value of the participant's elective
          accounts as of the valuation date coincident with or next
          preceding the date as of which the loan is calculated.
     Any such loan shall be made for a period not to exceed five
(5) years, and shall provide for a level amortization with payments
to be made not less often than quarterly.  However, loans used to
acquire a primary residence of the participant may provide for
periodic repayments over a reasonable period of time that may
exceed five (5) years.
     Any loan made pursuant to this Paragraph shall result in the
reduction of the participant's accounts reflecting the dollar
amount loaned based on the monthly valuation on which such loan is
effected.  A reasonable rate of interest may be charged, as
established by the Administrative Committee, and such interest
payments shall be treated as earnings of the borrower's account.
Minimum loan repayments shall be made by payroll deduction or
deduction from disability payments received from the Kansas City
Life Disability Plan or Sunset Life Disability Plan.  The
Administrative Committee shall have the right to deny a parti-
cipant's loan request.  Loans shall become immediately due and
payable in full upon the occurrence of one of the distribution
events described in ARTICLE X.  However, loans pursuant to this
Paragraph will not be made to an individual who is an alternate
payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and for whom an
account is being separately maintained, or to a former employee who
was a participant and who has not withdrawn all the value of his
accounts pursuant to Paragraph 10.4 unless the former employee is
a party in interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) with respect
to the Plan.

                            ARTICLE X
                          Distributions
     10.1  Distribution of Full Value of Accounts.  A participant
shall be entitled to the full value of all of his accounts in all
Funds upon termination of his employment by reason of death or
retirement, in which event such accounts of such participant shall
be fully vested in him.
     10.2  Termination.  If prior to the termination of the Plan or
the complete discontinuance of Company contributions hereunder, in
either of which event a participant's accounts shall be fully
vested, an employee participant's termination of employment occurs
for any reason other than one of the events specified in Paragraph
10.1, and if such employee shall not thereafter be employed by any
affiliated corporation of the Company, such participant shall then
be entitled to receive his or her one hundred percent (100%) vested
interest in the full value of his account with respect to Fund I,
Fund II, Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX
and that percentage of his or her vested interest in the value of
his account with respect to Fund III as authorized by Paragraph 8.1
herein.
     Any amount not vested at the time of such termination shall
immediately be forfeited.  Such forfeited amount shall then be used
to reduce the amount of Company contributions in accordance with
Paragraph 11.1 herein.  If the terminated participant returns to
his status of employment with the Company or any of its affiliated
corporations, and is otherwise fully qualified to participate, and
if the terminated participant repays, before the earlier of five
(5) years after the first date on which the participant is re-
employed or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
one (1) year breaks in service commencing after the withdrawal, the
amount of the distribution, if any, he received from his account
with respect to Fund III at the time of his termination of
employment, the Company shall restore the forfeited amount, without
any gain or loss, to his Fund III account on the valuation date of
the month in which such repayment occurs.  The repaid amount shall
also be similarly restored to an accounted for in Fund III.
     10.3  Method of Distribution.  All distributions provided
under this ARTICLE upon termination of employment, unless elected
otherwise pursuant to the written request of the participant, or
the written request of said participant's beneficiary if said
participant shall not be living, shall be in the form of a lump sum
payment.  If the payment is made as a result of the death of the
participant, the payment shall be made to the surviving spouse of
the participant, if any, unless the participant and the spouse have
requested a distribution in any other form as to any other benefi-
ciary.  Any such request shall be written and on forms prescribed
by the Administrative Committee and made within sixty (60) days of
termination of employment.  Requests may be made for distribution
in one (1) of the following methods:

     (a)  By the purchase of a nontransferable annuity providing
          for retirement payments to be made in equal monthly
          installments for a period of one hundred twenty (120)
          months certain and for the remainder of his lifetime.
          Any annuity contract must comply with the minimum
          distribution incidental benefit requirements of Internal
          Revenue Code Proposed Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2 hereby
          incorporated by reference.  If the participant is
          married, the annuity shall be a single premium non-
          transferable annuity contract in the form of a fifty
          percent (50%) contingent annuity under which the
          participant's spouse is named as the contingent annuitant
          unless the participant elects some other form in
          accordance wth Subparagraph (c) below with the consent of
          the spouse.

     (b)  In the event that a lump sum payment shall be requested,
          the party entitled thereto shall have the further right
          to require that shares of Kansas City Life Insurance
          Company stock be issued to him as a part of said payment,
          in accordance with the following formula:  He shall have
          the right to withdraw the number of said shares equal to
          the value that is derived by multiplying the percentage
          that his account in Fund III divided by the total of all
          accounts in Fund III equals, by the value of all Kansas
          City Life Insurance Company stock in Fund III.  He shall
          also be entitled to any such stock purchased for his
          account in Fund II, the amount thereof to be determined
          in accordance with the above formula as applied to Fund
          II.  He shall also be entitled to receive the number of
          shares of such stock which can be purchased with the
          value of his account with respect to Fund I Fund IV, Fund
          V, Fund VI, Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX.

     (c)  The Administrative Committee of the Plan, or its
          delegate, shall provide a participant who is entitled to
          receive a joint and survivor annuity, the information in
          nontechnical language, which will inform him of the
          availability of the election and a general description of
          the joint and survivor annuity, as well as an explanation
          of the circumstances in which it will be provided if a
          contrary election is not made.  The eligible participant
          shall also be advised of the dollar difference resulting
          from his election and that he may obtain additional
          information upon request. The participant shall be
          permitted to make his election during a period of at
          least ninety (90) days after he is furnished with the
          necessary information and which ends prior to the
          commencement of benefits.  The participant may waive this
          requirement (with any applicable spousal consent) if the
          distribution commences more than seven (7) days after
          such explanation is provided.  If the participant
          requests additional information, the election period must
          include at least ninety (90) days after such information
          is furnished.  The Committee, however, may provide that
          the additional information must be requested within sixty
          (60) days after the original information as to the
          election is first furnished to the participant.  The
          election is to be witnessed by a plan representative or
          notary public, acknowledging the effect of the election
          and any specific non-spouse beneficiary, including any
          class of beneficiary or any contingent beneficiary
          designated under the form of benefit elected.  Any
          spousal consent shall be irrevocable unless revocation
          shall be agreed to by the participant.  It is intended
          that no election period shall extend beyond the par-
          ticipant's retirement date.
     10.4  Commencement of Distribution.  All distributions shall
be made or commenced to be made as soon as practicable after the
valuation date coincident with or next following the occurrence of
one of the distribution events described in this ARTICLE X.  Upon
written notice to the Committee no later than the end of the
calendar month following the month in which termination occurs, a
participant (or, in case of death, his beneficiary), entitled to a
lump sum payment may make an irrevocable election to receive the
value of his distribution on January 31st of the next succeeding
calendar year.  Alternatively, the participant may choose not to
withdraw any of his vested accounts when one of the distribution
events occurs, and later elect to have the distribution made upon
written notice before a subsequent valuation date.  However, unless
the participant chooses to receive the distribution in the form of
an annuity pursuant to Paragraph 10.3(a),  only a full and complete
distribution of the vested accounts will be allowed whether the
participant withdraws his vested accounts at the time a distribu-
tion event occurs or at some later date.  No partial withdrawals
shall be permitted.  Notwithstanding, no distribution of three
thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500.00) [five thousand dollars
($5,000.00) beginning January 1, 1998] or more shall be made to a
participant unless the participant shall have consented in writing
to such distribution, all in accordance with the provisions of
Internal Revenue Code Section 411 and related regulations.
     10.5  Valuation.  The value of a participant's accounts with
respect to Fund I, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI,
Fund VII, Fund VIII and Fund IX upon termination shall be the value
on the valuation date in January of the year elected pursuant to
Paragraph 10.4, except that the valuation of any shares of stock of
Kansas City Life Insurance Company shall be determined by the
provisions of Paragraph 4.2 herein.  If such election is not so
made, such value shall be determined on the valuation date coin-
cident with or next following the date the participant (or, in case
of death, his beneficiary) elects to receive his distribution, or
the receipt by the Trustees of notice of said participant's ter-
mination, whichever shall occur later.
     10.6  Facility of Payment.  If the Committee shall receive
evidence satisfactory to it that a participant, retired participant
or beneficiary is physically or mentally incompetent to receive any
payment which shall be due hereunder and to give a valid release
therefor and that another person or an institution is then main-
taining or has custody of such participant, retired participant, or
beneficiary, and that no guardian, committee or other represen-
tative of the estate of such participant, retired participant or
beneficiary, shall have been duly appointed, the Committee may, at
its option, make payments otherwise payable to such participant,
retired participant or beneficiary, to such other person or
institution, and the release of such other person or institution
shall be valid and complete discharge for such payments.
     10.7  Beneficial Designation.  Any participant or retired
participant shall have the right to designate a new beneficiary at
any time by filing with the Committee a written request for such
change, but any such change shall become effective only upon
receipt of such request by the Committee, and provided that any
change of beneficiary to a person other than a surviving spouse
must be consented to in writing by said participant's spouse.  Upon
receipt by the Committee of such request the change shall relate
back to and take effect as of the date such participant signs such
request whether or not such participant is living at the time the
Committee receives such request.
     If there be no designated beneficiary living or in effect at
the death of such participant when any payment hereunder shall be
payable to the beneficiary, then such payment shall be made as
follows:  To such participant's wife or husband, if living; if not
living, to such participant's then living lineal descendants, in
equal shares, per stirpes; if none survives, to such participant's
surviving parents, equally; if neither survives, to such partici-
pant's executors or administrators.
     10.8  Fractional Shares.  With respect to any distribution of
stock pursuant to the provisions of this Plan, a participant shall
be entitled to receive the number of whole shares which the value
of his account equals and the balance of said account value in
cash.

                           ARTICLE XI
                   Application of Forfeitures
     11.1  Any of the assets attributable to Company contributions,
reflected in the value of Fund III, which shall be forfeited by a
participant with respect to his account in Fund III pursuant to the
provisions of Paragraphs 9.3 and 10.2 herein, shall be applied, as
soon as practicable, to reduce the amount of Company contributions
required by this Plan.  Shares of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company stock applied to reduce the amount of any Company contri-
bution for any month shall be valued in accordance with the
procedures set forth hereinbefore on the date of such application.

                           ARTICLE XII
                    Administrative Committee
     12.1  Membership.  The Administrative Committee, sometimes
herein referred to as the "Committee", shall consist of a number of
persons, not less than three (3) nor more than five (5), designated
by the Executive Committee of the Company, who shall serve terms of
one (1) year or until their successors are designated, and said
Committee shall have the responsibility for the general adminis-
tration of the Plan and for carrying out the provisions of the Plan
in accordance with its terms.  The Committee shall have absolute
discretion in carrying out its responsibilities.
     12.2  The Committee may appoint from its members such com-
mittees with such powers as it shall determine; may authorize one
(1) or more of its number or any agent to execute or deliver any
instrument or make any payment on its behalf; and may utilize
counsel, employ agents and provide for such clerical and accounting
services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the
Plan.
     12.3  The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at
such place or places, and at such time or times as it may from time
to time determine.
     12.4  The action of a majority of the members expressed from
time to time by a vote in a meeting or in writing without a meeting
shall constitute the action of the Committee and shall have the
same effect for all purposes as if assented to by all members of
the Committee at the time in office.
     12.5  No member of the Committee shall receive any compensa-
tion for his services as such, and, except as required by law, no
bond or other security shall be required of him in such capacity in
any jurisdiction.
     12.6  Subject to the limitations of this Plan and Trust, the
Committee from time to time shall establish rules or regulations
for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its
business.  The Committee shall have full and complete discretionary
authority to construe and interpret the Plan and decide any and all
matters arising hereunder, except such matters which the Executive
Committee of the Company from time to time may reserve for itself,
including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies
or omissions.  All interpretations, determinations and decisions of
the Committee or the Executive Committee of the Company in respect
of any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all parties affected thereby.  The Committee shall, when requested,
submit a report to the Executive Committee of the Company giving a
brief account of the operation of the Plan and the performance of
the various funds and accounts established pursuant to the Plan.
     12.7  Claims Procedure.  The Administrative Committee shall
have full and complete discretionary authority to make all
determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit.  Any
denial by the Committee of a claim for benefits under this Plan by
a participant or a beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the
Committee and delivered or mailed to the participant or the
beneficiary, whichever is appropriate; and such notice shall set
forth the specific reason for the denial, written to the best of
the Committee's ability in a manner that may be understood without
legal or actuarial counsel.  In addition, the Committee shall
provide a reasonable opportunity to any participant or beneficiary
whose claim for benefits has been denied for a review of the
decision denying the claim.
     12.8  Any member of the Committee may resign by giving notice
to the Executive Committee at least fifteen (15) days before the
effective date of his resignation.  Any Committee member shall
resign upon request of the Executive Committee.  The Executive
Committee shall fill all vacancies on the Committee as soon as is
reasonably possible after a resignation takes place, and until a
new appointment takes place, the remaining members of the Committee
shall have authority to act, if approved by either a majority of
the remaining members or by two (2) members, whichever number is
lesser.

                          ARTICLE XIII
                    Amendment and Termination
     13.1  Amendment.  Kansas City Life Insurance Company reserves
the right at any time, and from time to time, and retroactively if
deemed necessary or appropriate to conform with governmental
regulations or other policies, to modify or amend, in whole or in
part, any or all of the provisions of this Plan and Trust by
adoption of a written resolution by the Board of Directors of
Kansas City Life Insurance Company, or the Executive Committee of
the Board of Directors; provided that no such modification or
amendment shall make it possible for any part of the contributions
of the Company, or any other funds of the Trust, to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
participants, retired participants, or their beneficiaries.  Except
as may be required to conform with governmental regulations, no
such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of any participant
with respect to contributions made by him prior to the date of such
amendment.
     13.2  Termination.  This Plan and Trust is purely voluntary on
the part of the Company, and Kansas City Life Insurance Company
reserves the right to terminate the Plan and the Trust provided
herein by adoption of a written resolution by the Board of
Directors of Kansas City Life Insurance Company, or the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors.  Upon termination of, or upon
the complete discontinuance of contributions within the meaning of
Section 411(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, participant's
accounts shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and distri-
bution shall be made as promptly as possible in accordance with the
directions of the Committee.
     13.3  Merger.  This Plan and Trust shall not be merged or
consolidated with, nor shall any assets or liabilities be trans-
ferred to any other Plan or Trust, unless the accrued benefit of
each participant, if the Plan and Trust were terminated immediately
after such action, would be equal to or greater than the accrued
benefit to which such participant would have been entitled if this
Plan and Trust had been terminated immediately before such action.

                           ARTICLE XIV
                            The Trust
     14.1  Number of Trustees.  There shall be three (3) Trustees
for this Trust with the Trustees hereinbefore named being the
original Trustees.
     14.2  Trustees shall Receive Sums Paid.  The Trustees shall
accept and receive all sums of money paid to them from time to time
by the Company, and shall hold, invest, reinvest, manage and admin-
ister such monies and the increment, increase, earnings and income
thereof as a Trust for the exclusive benefit of the employees and
agents participating in the Plan, and their beneficiaries.  All
income and earnings of the Trust shall be accumulated by the
Trustees and by them held, invested and reinvested as a part of the
principal of the said Trust.
     14.3  Investment of Funds.

     (a)  Except as hereinafter provided with respect to the cash
          reserve, the Trustees shall invest and reinvest the prin-
          cipal and income of the Trust in their discretion in such
          securities, common and preferred stocks, real estate
          mortgages, debentures, bonds, promissory notes, real
          estate, real estate improvements, leaseholds or any other
          income-producing properties or securities, real or
          personal, within or without the State of Missouri, and
          other investments as the Trustees shall, after investi-
          gation, believe to be sound and suitable investments for
          this Trust, although the same may not be of the character
          permitted for Trustee's investments by the Laws of the
          State of Missouri.  The Trustees are specifically
          empowered to invest the Trust assets in the capital stock
          of Kansas City Life Insurance Company, including but not
          limited to, its treasury stock.

     (b)  The Trustees may retain in cash so much of the Trust
          assets as they may deem advisable.

     (c)  The Trustees may sell property held by the Trust at
          either public or private sale, for cash or on credit, at
          such times as they may deem appropriate; they may
          exchange such property, and they may grant options for
          the purchase or exchange thereof.

     (d)  The Trustees may consent to and participate in any plan
          of reorganization, consolidation, merger, extension or
          other similar plan affecting property held by the Trust;
          they may consent to any contract, lease, mortgage,
          purchase, sale or other action by any corporation
          pursuant to any such plan; they may accept and retain
          property issued under any such plan, even though it would
          not be eligible as a new investment under the provisions
          of this Section.

     (e)  The Trustees may deposit property held in the Trust with
          any protective, reorganization or similar committee, and
          may delegate discretionary power thereto to pay its
          reasonable share of such committee's expenses and com-
          pensation and any assessments levied with respect to any
          property so deposited.

     (f)  The Trustees may exercise all conversion and subscription
          rights pertaining to property held in the Trust.

     (g)  The Trustees may exercise all voting rights with respect
          to property held in the Trust, and in connection there-
          with grant proxies discretionary or otherwise, all in
          accordance with the provisions of this Plan and Trust.

     (h)  The Trustees may cause securities and other property to
          be registered and held in their names, the name of any
          one (1) of them, or in the name of their nominee.

     (i)  The Trustees may borrow money for the purposes of the
          Trust, and pledge or mortgage securities or other assets
          owned by the Trust as security for the payment thereof.

     (j)  The Trustees may compromise, compound and settle any debt
          or obligation due to or from them as Trustee; they may
          reduce the rate of interest on any obligation due them as
          Trustee; they may extend the time of payment of both
          interest and principal, or otherwise modify the terms of
          any obligation due them as Trustee; upon default of any
          obligation due them as Trustee, they may foreclose or
          otherwise enforce any obligation belonging to the Trust.

     (k)  The Trustees may generally do all such acts, execute all
          such instruments, take all such proceedings and exercise
          all such rights and privileges with relation to property
          belonging to the Trust as if the Trustees were the
          absolute owners thereof.
     14.4  Approval of Investments.  Before making any new invest-
ment or reinvestment of any funds of this Trust, the Trustees shall
submit to the Executive Committee of the Company, or its designated
subcommittee, a list of such securities in which it proposes to
invest such funds and the amount proposed to be invested in each
security, and the Trustees shall proceed to purchase, or refrain
from purchasing, such securities in accordance with the acceptance
or rejection, in whole or in part, of such proposals by the
Executive Committee of the Company, or its designated subcommittee.
Acceptance or rejection of such proposals, or any of them by the
said Committee, shall be signified in writing and delivered to the
Trustees within thirty (30) days of the submission of such
proposals by the Trustees, provided however, that if no written
acceptance or rejection of such proposals, or any of them, shall be
so delivered by the said Committee within the time herein limited
therefor, the Trustees shall be warranted and protected in assuming
that all of the proposed investments which have not been specifi-
cally rejected as aforesaid, meet with the complete approval of
said Executive Committee or its designated subcommittee.
     14.5  Cash Reserve.  The Trustees may maintain a cash reserve
in such amount as to provide for current distribution of benefits
under the Plan.  Such cash reserve may consist of uninvested
contributions of the Company and participants in the Plan, or of
the proceeds of the sale of investments of the Trust.  All of the
funds held in such cash reserve as well as all funds and securities
and assets belonging to the Trust shall be safely kept by the
Trustees on deposit or in the vaults of a bank or trust company
selected and designated by the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee of the Company.
     14.6  Disbursement of Funds.  Disbursement of the funds of
this Trust shall be made by the Trustees only to or for the benefit
of the participants in the Plan or their beneficiaries, and only at
the time, in the amount and in the manner prescribed in written
instructions of the Administrative Committee delivered by such
Committee to the Trustees.  The Trustees are empowered to sell
securities belonging to the Trust to meet said disbursements when
the cash reserve is sufficient.
     14.7  Instructions to Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be
obligated or required to determine whether any instructions issued
to them by the Administrative Committee are in fact so issued in
accordance with the terms of the Plan or the powers and duties
thereunder of said Committee.
     14.8  Fiduciary Insurance.  The Trustees or the Administrative
Committee shall have the right to purchase insurance on behalf of
themselves or anyone acting in a fiduciary capacity with respect to
the Plan and Trust, to cover liability or losses occurring by
reason of the act or omission of a fiduciary, if such insurance
permits recourse by the insurer against the fiduciary in the case
of a breach of a fiduciary obligation by such fiduciary.
     14.9  Accounting by Trustees.  Each year the Trustees shall
render to the Company an account of their administration of the
Trust for the year ending on the preceding 31st of December.  The
written approval of said account by the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee of the Company shall, as to all matters and
transactions stated therein or shown thereby, be final and binding
upon all persons who are then or who may thereafter become
interested in this Plan and Trust.
     14.10  Compensation.  No Trustee shall receive any compensa-
tion for his services as such Trustee.  In the administration of
said Trust the Trustees, if they deem it advisable, may employ an
executive director, secretary or treasurer and fix reasonable
compensation therefor, and a Trustee may act as such executive
director, secretary or treasurer and receive the compensation so
fixed.  The Trustees may in their discretion employ clerical help,
actuaries, accountants, attorneys or other necessary personal
services of a person or corporation as may be necessary to properly
administer, defend and protect the Trust, and reasonable compensa-
tion for said services may be paid by the Trustees from the Trust
in the event the Company does not elect to pay for such services.
Any taxes that may be levied against said Trust shall be paid by
the Trustees from the Trust assets after liability for said taxes,
if any, has been established, and in determining the liability for
taxes the Trustees are specifically authorized to use their own
discretion in contesting taxes claimed to be due against said
Trust, and said Trustees may employ counsel for such purposes and
pay said counsel fees from the Trust assets in the event the
Company does not elect to pay said costs and fees.
     14.11  Trustees and Vacancies.  The Trustees administering
this Trust shall at all times be Officers of the Company, and any
Trustee may at any time be removed from the office of Trustee, with
or without cause, by the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee of the Company.  The Trustees named herein shall serve as
such Trustees until their resignation, death or removal by the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Company.  When
any Trustee ceases to be an Officer of the Company he automatically
ceases to be a Trustee.  Resignation of a Trustee shall be by
written notice given to the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee of the Company.  Whenever a vacancy occurs by resigna-
tion, death or removal of one (1) or more of the Trustees, the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee shall promptly fill
said vacancy or vacancies so created by naming a successor Trustee
or successor Trustees possessing the qualifications herein
prescribed.  All successor Trustees shall have the same powers in
connection with said Trust as the initial Trustees have, and they
shall be subject to the same limitations and directions as
prescribed herein for the initial Trustees.
     14.12  Rules.  The Trustees may make proper rules for carrying
out the purposes of the Trust, and may amend said rules from time
to time.  A majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum, and
the action taken by a quorum shall be controlling and shall be
deemed the act of the Trustees.  The Trustees may designate any one
(1) of their number to act as chairman or presiding officer.  Any
one (1) of the Trustees shall be and is hereby authorized to affix
his signature as the signature of all of the Trustees when such may
be desirable in the performance of their duties pursuant hereto.
This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to
the Laws of the State of Missouri, and all provisions thereof shall
be administered according to the laws of such state.  Any suit at
law or in equity brought against the Trustees or the Company by any
person, firm or corporation, including the participants in the
Plan, must be first instituted in Jackson County, Missouri, which
County and State is the situs of the parties hereto and the only
jurisdiction within which this Plan and Trust is to be administered
or located.

                           ARTICLE XV
                       General Provisions
     15.1  Expenses.  The Company shall pay all expenses incurred
in administering the Plan and managing the Trust assets.  The
Company shall not pay any brokerage fees, commissions, stock
transfer taxes and other charges and expenses in connection with
the purchase and sale of securities under the Plan.
     15.2  Source of Payment.  Benefits pursuant to the Plan shall
be payable only out of the assets of the Trust or pursuant to any
qualified nontransferable annuity purchased pursuant to the
provisions of ARTICLE X.  No person shall have any right under the
Plan with respect to the assets of the Trust, or against any
Trustee, insurance company, or the Company, except as specifically
provided for herein.
     15.3  Inalienability of Benefits.  The interest hereunder of
any participant, retired participant or beneficiary, except as may
be required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order defined in
Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code, shall not be
alienable, either by assignment or by any other method, and to the
maximum extent permissible by law, shall not be subject to being
taken, by any process whatever, by the creditors of such partici-
pant, retired participant or beneficiary.  Effective August 5,
1997,the Plan may offset a participant's benefits under the Plan
against an amount the participant is ordered or required to pay to
the Plan described in a judgment, order, decree or settlement
agreement relating to a breach of fiduciary duty or criminal act
against the Plan as further described in Section 401(a)(13) of the
Internal Revenue Code.
     15.4  No Right to Employment.  Nothing herein contained nor
any action taken under the provisions hereof shall be construed as
giving any employee the right to be retained in the employment of
the Company.
     15.5  Unknown Heirs.  If within four (4) years after any
distribution becomes due to a participant, retired participant or
his beneficiary, the same shall not have been claimed, provided due
care shall have been exercised in attempting to make such distri-
bution, the amount thereof shall be treated as forfeited and
applied as provided for in ARTICLE XI.
     15.6  Accrued Benefit.  The term "accrued benefit" shall mean
the value of a participant's account or accounts with respect to
all funds in this Plan.
     15.7  Uniform Administration.  Whenever in the administration
of the Plan any action is required by the Committee, such action
shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly
situated and no such action shall be taken which will discriminate
in favor of shareholders of the Company, highly compensated
participants or participants whose principal duties consist of
supervising the work of others.
     15.8  Beneficiary.  The word "beneficiary" shall be deemed to
include the estate of the participant, dependents of the partici-
pant, persons who are the natural objects of the participant's
bounty, and any person designated by the participant to share in
the benefits of the Plan and Trust after the death of the
participant.  Wherever the rights of participants are stated or
limited herein, their beneficiaries shall be bound thereby.
     15.9  Severability.  In the event that any provision of this
Plan and Trust shall be held invalid or illegal for any reason,
such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of
this Plan, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such
invalid or illegal provision had never been included in the Plan.
This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the
State of Missouri.
     15.10  Articles.  Titles of Articles are for general infor-
mation only and this Plan shall not be construed by reference to
such titles.
     15.11  Gender.  Words used in the masculine gender shall be
read and construed to include the feminine gender.
     15.12  Plural.  Wherever required, the singular of any word in
this Plan and Trust shall include the plural and the plural may be
read in the singular.
     15.13   Disability.  The term "disability" as used in this
Plan means a physical or mental condition of a participant which
results in the receipt of benefits by such participant pursuant to
the provisions of either the Kansas City Life Disability Plan or
the Sunset Life Disability Plan.
     15.14  Initial Participation Date.  The "initial participation
date" shall mean the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month
designated by either the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee of the Company for the commencement of contributions and
the administration of this Plan.
     15.15  Retirement Dates.

     (a)  Commencing January 1, 1988, the normal retirement date
          for all employees participating in this Plan shall be the
          earlier of the first (1st) day of the month following
          attainment of sixty (60) years of age, or the first (1st)
          day of the month following attainment of fifty-five (55)
          years of age and completion of five (5) years of employ-
          ment.  For purposes of determining the completion of five
          (5) years of employment, the years of employment of an
          employee of Old American Insurance Company prior to
          November 1, 1991 shall not be taken into account.

     (b)  For the purposes of this Plan, a participant who reaches
          his normal retirement date shall be deemed to have
          retired on such date and shall thereupon become entitled
          to the retirement benefits herein, except as provided in
          Subparagraph (c).  The value of all contributions
          allocated to his respective accounts shall be one hundred
          percent (100%) vested.

     (c)  A participant may continue his employment for purposes
          herein beyond his normal retirement date, and the
          participant will commence receiving benefits on his
          actual retirement date; provided, however, distributions
          to a five percent (5%) owner of the Company as defined in
          the Internal Revenue Code shall commence no later than
          April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
          year in which he attains age seventy and one-half (70
          1/2), and distributions to other participants shall
          commence no later than April 1st of the year in which
          such other participant attains the age of seventy and
          one-half (70 1/2), unless such other participant shall
          have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) prior to
          January 1, 1988 and was not a five percent (5%) owner at
          any time during the period beginning with the Plan year
          ending with the year in which he attained age sixty-six
          and one-half (66 1/2) and any subsequent year.  Contri-
          butions may be continued until such actual retirement
          date at the option of the participant.  Effective January
          1, 1989, the minimum distribution and the minimum dis-
          tribution incidental benefit requirements of Internal
          Revenue Code Proposed Regulations 1.401(a)(9)-1 and
          1.401(a)(9)-2 are hereby incorporated by reference.
          Effective January 1, 1997, for participants other than a
          five percent (5%) owner of the Company, distributions
          shall commence no later than April 1st of the calendar
          year following the later of:

           (i)      the year in which the participant attains age
                    70 1/2, or

          (ii)      the year in which the participant retires.

     15.16  Initial Qualification.  The Company reserves the right
to have all its contributions returned to it free of this Trust,
and to terminate said Plan and Trust, if the Trust does not
initially meet the qualification requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code.
     15.17  Company.  The term "Company" means Kansas City Life
Insurance Company, a Missouri Corporation, Sunset Life Insurance
Company of America, a Washington Corporation, Old American Insur-
ance Company, a Missouri Corporation, and any other subsidiary
corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance Company required to be
treated as a single employer under Internal Revenue Code Section
414(b), (c), (m) and (o), any or all of which may sometimes be
referred to herein as affiliated corporations.
     15.18  Employee.  The term "employee" shall mean any person
employed by Kansas City Life Insurance Company or any subsidiary
corporation under the rules of common law, and shall not include
agents, general agents, consultants or other independent
contractors, or, effective January 1, 1989, leased employees as
defined in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Effective January 1, 1997, "leased employee" shall mean any person
other than an employee of the Company who has performed services
for the Company under an agreement between the Company and a
leasing organization on a substantially full time basis for at
least one (1) year, provided such services are performed under the
primary direction or control by the Company.
     Leased employees shall not participate in this Plan.  Further-
more, a person who is not designated as an "employee" in the
Company's employment records during a particular period of time,
including a person designated as an "independent contractor", is
not considered to be an employee during that period of time.  Such
a person shall not be considered to be an employee even if a
determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service, the Depart-
ment of Labor, or any other government agency, court, or other
tribunal, that such person is an employee for any purpose, unless
and until the Company in fact designates such person as an employee
for purposes of this Plan.  If such a designation is made, the
designation shall be applied prospectively only unless the Company
specifically provides otherwise.
     15.19  Agents.  Commencing January 1, 1990, no life insurance
salesman of Kansas City Life Insurance Company, sometimes referred
to herein as "agent" shall be eligible to participate.  Accounts of
all participating agents shall be finally valued on the last
business day of December, 1989, shall be one hundred percent (100%)
vested, and shall be paid to them in January, 1990 in such form as
permitted by the provisions of this Plan.  No further deferral in
this Plan shall be permitted.
     15.20  Company Stock.  The term "Company stock" shall mean
shares of the common capital stock of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company.
     15.21  Executive Committee.  Wherever in the Plan and Trust
the term "Executive Committee" is used, it shall be taken to mean
only the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Kansas
City Life Insurance Company.
     15.22  Board of Directors.  Wherever in the Plan and Trust the
term "Board of Directors" is used, it shall be taken to mean only
the Board of Directors of Kansas City Life Insurance Company.
     15.23  Maximum Limitation.  Commencing January 1, 1983, in no
event shall the sum of the annual additions to a participant's
account for any Plan year exceed the lesser of:

     (a)  Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00) (subject to annual
          adjustments pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section
          415(d) and regulations), or

(b)Twenty-five percent (25%) of such participant's compen-
          sation.
     15.24  Annual Additions.  For the purposes of this Plan,
"annual addition" shall be the sum for any year of the Company
contributions plus the amount of any employee contributions, plus
the forfeitures.
     15.25  Annual Additions Reduction.  If any participant is a
participant under any other defined contribution plan maintained by
the Company, the total of the annual additions to such partici-
pant's account from all such defined contribution plans shall not
exceed the limitations set forth in Paragraph 15.23.  If it is
determined that as a result of the limitation set forth in the
preceding sentence, the annual additions to the participant's
account in this Plan are excessive, a reduction of such shall be
effected by a return to the participant of a dollar amount (with
any earnings attributable to the dollar amount) from his elective
accounts, which with an equal amount of the Company's contributions
accounted for in accordance with the following formula, eliminates
such excess:  The excess amounts in the participant's Company
account (Fund III) must be used to reduce Company contributions for
the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as
necessary) for that participant if that participant is covered by
the Plan as of the end of the limitation year.  However, if the
participant is not covered by the Plan as of the end of the
limitation year, then the excess amounts must be held in
unallocated in a suspense account for the limitation year and
allocated and reallocated in the next limitation year to all of the
remaining participants in the Plan in accordance with the rules set
forth in Subparagraph (6)(i) of Regulation Section 1.415-6(b).
Furthermore, the excess amounts must be used to reduce the Company
contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limi-
tation years, as necessary) for all of the remaining participants
in the Plan.  For purposes of this Paragraph, excess amounts may
not be distributed to participants or former participants.
     15.26  Annual Additions Reduction.  If any participant is a
participant under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Company,
the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction for a Plan year and
the defined contribution plan fraction for that year shall be no
greater than one (1.00).  If it is determined that the limitation
set forth in the preceding sentence has been exceeded, the
numerator of the defined benefit plan fraction shall be adjusted by
freezing or adjusting the rate of benefit authorized by the defined
benefit plan so that the sum of both fractions shall not exceed one
(1) for the respective participant.  Effective January 1, 2000,
this Paragraph shall not apply.
     15.27  Retirement Plan.  As used in this section, the words
"retirement plan" shall mean:

     (a)  Any profit sharing, pension or stock bonus plan described
          in Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue
          Code;

     (b)  Any annuity plan or annuity contract described in Section
          403(a) or 403 (b) of the Internal Revenue Code;

     (c)  Any qualified bond purchase plan described in Section
          405(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; and

     (d)  Any individual retirement account, individual retirement
          annuity or retirement bond described in Section 408(a),
          408(b) or 409 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     15.28  Defined Contribution Plan.  As used in this section,
the words "defined contribution plan" shall mean a retirement plan
which provides for an individual account for each participant and
for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the par-
ticipant's account and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and
any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which may be
allocated to such participant's accounts.
     15.29  Defined Benefit Plan.  As used in this section, the
words "defined benefit plan" shall mean any retirement plan which
is not a defined contribution plan.
     15.30  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction.  As used in this
section, the words "defined benefit plan fraction" shall mean, for
any Plan year, a fraction,

     (a)  the numerator of which is the projected annual benefit of
          the participant, that is, the annual benefit to which he
          would be entitled under the terms of the defined benefit
          plan on the assumptions that he continues employment
          until his normal retirement date as determined under the
          terms of the defined benefit plan, that his compensation
          continues at the same rate as in effect in the Plan year
          under consideration until his normal retirement date and
          that all other relevant factors used to determine bene-
          fits under such defined benefit plan remain constant as
          of the current Plan year for all future Plan years, under
          all defined benefit plans maintained by the Company,
          determined as of the close of the Plan year; and,

     (b)  the denominator of which is the lesser of:  (i) the
          maximum dollar limit for such year (for example, ninety
          thousand dollars ($90,000.00) for 1983) times 1.25, or
          (ii) the percentage of compensation limit for such year
          times 1.4.
     15.31  Defined Contribution Plan Fraction.  As used in this
section, the words "defined contribution plan fraction" shall mean,
for any Plan year, a fraction,

     (a)  the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions
          to the participant's account under all defined contribu-
          tion plans maintained by the Company in that Plan year;
          and,

     (b)  the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
          following amounts, determined for the year and for each
          prior year of service with the Company:  (i) the product
          of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect for
          the year, or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the
          percentage of compensation limit (IRC 415(e)(3) as
          amended).

     (c)  In computing the defined contribution plan fraction
          above, for years ending after December 31, 1982, at the
          election of the Company, the amount to be taken into
          account for all years ending before January 1, 1983, may
          be computed to be an amount equal to the denominator of
          the fraction, as in effect for the year ending in 1982,
          multiplied by a transition fraction,

          1.   the numerator of which is the lesser of (i) fifty-
               one thousand eight hundred seventy-five dollars
               ($51,875.00), or (ii) 1.4 multiplied by twenty-five
               percent (25%) of the participant's compensation for
               the year ending in 1981; and,

          2.   the denominator of which is the lesser of (i)
               forty-one thousand five hundred dollars
               ($41,500.00), or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of
               the participant's compensation for the year ending
               in 1981.
     15.32  Affiliated Company Participation.  Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no employee of any
subsidiary or affiliated corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company shall have the right to make contributions to this Plan
unless such Plan shall have been adopted by the corporation for
which such employee is employed.
     15.33  Highly Compensated Person.  Prior to January 1, 1997,
the term "highly compensated person", for the purposes of this
Plan, shall mean any employee who at any time during the preceding
year, or the lookback year,

     (a)  was a five percent (5%) owner of the Company, or
     (b)  had compensation in excess of seventy-five thousand
          dollars ($75,000.00) per year, or

     (c)  was in the highest paid twenty percent (20%) of the
          employees of the Company (ranked on the basis of
          compensation paid during such year) with compensation in
          excess of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) per year
          (top-paid group), or

     (d)  was an officer with compensation in excess of fifty
          percent (50%) of the amount in effect under IRC Section
          415(b)(1)(A) for such year (counting at least one (1)
          officer, regardless of compensation; but counting no more
          than fifty (50), or if less, ten percent (10%) of all
          employees or three (3) employees, whichever is greater).
     In the case of the year for which the relevant determination
is being made, an employee not described in Subparagraph (b), (c)
or (d) for the preceding year (without regard to this Paragraph)
shall not be treated as described in Subparagraph (b), (c) or (d)
unless such employee is a member of the group consisting of the one
hundred (100) employees paid the greatest compensation during the
year for which such determination is being made.
     For purposes of this Paragraph, "lookback year" shall be the
twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the year for which
the relevant determination is being made, and the term "compensa-
tion" shall be compensation defined in Paragraph 3.2 including
additional amounts described in Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h) and 403(b).
     If an employee is a "family member" of a five percent (5%)
owner or of a highly compensated employee who is one of the ten
(10) most highly compensated employees ranked on the basis of
compensation paid by the employer during such year, the employee
and the five percent (5%) owner or top ten (10) highly compensated
employees will be aggregated and treated as a single employee
receiving compensation and a Plan contribution that is based on the
compensation or Plan contribution of such employee and five percent
(5%) owner or top ten (10) highly compensated employee.  For this
purpose, "family member" shall mean the employee's spouse and
lineal ascendants or descendants, and the spouses of the lineal
ascendants or descendants.  Effective January 1, 1997, for purposes
of Subparagraph (e) below, an employee who is a "family member" of
a five percent (5%) owner at any time during the year shall be
considered a highly compensated person regardless of compensation.
For this purpose, "family member" shall mean the five percent (5%)
owner's spouse, child, parent or grandchild.
     Effective January 1, 1997, "highly compensated person" shall
mean an employee who

     (e)  was a five percent (5%) owner of the Company at any time
          during the year or preceding year, or

     (f)  for the preceding year

          1.   had compensation [as defined in Code Section
               415(c)(3)] from the Company in excess of
               $80,000.00, and

          2.   if the Company elects the application of this
               clause for the preceding year, was in the group
               consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the
               employees ranked on the basis of compensation paid
               during such preceding year.
     The dollar amounts in Subparagraphs (b), (c) and (f)1 shall be
adjusted at the same time and in such manner as under Code Section
415(d) and Regulations thereunder.
     In determining who is a highly compensated person, all
employers required to be aggregated under subsections (b), (c),
(m), (n) and (o) of Code Section 414 shall be taken into account as
a single employer.  However, leased employees within the meaning of
Code Sections 414(n) and (o) shall not be considered employees if
the leased employees are covered by a plan described in Code
Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan
maintained by the employer.
     If a former employee separated from service prior to the
calendar year and was an active highly compensated person in the
year of separation, or in any year after attaining fifty-five (55),
the former employee was counted as a highly compensated person, the
former employee shall be treated as an employee for purposes of
determining the number of highly compensated persons.  However, if
such former employee separated from service prior to 1987, he will
be treated as a highly compensated person only if during the
separation year (or the year preceding the separation year) or any
year after the employee attained age fifty-five (55) [or the last
year ending before the employee's fifty-fifth (55th) birthday], he
received compensation in excess of fifty thousand dollars
($50,000.00) or was a five percent (5%) owner.
     For purposes of determining the number of employees in Sub-
paragraphs (c) and (f)2, nonresident aliens shall not be treated as
employees.  Employees who (1) have not completed six (6) months of
service, or (2) normally work less than seventeen and one-half (17
1/2) hours per week, or (3) normally work less than six (6) months
during any year, or (4) have not attained age twenty-one (21) shall
also be excluded (but these latter employees will still be con-
sidered for purposes of identifying the particular employees in the
top-paid group), and (5) to the extent allowable under regulations,
employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the
Company and employee representatives.
     15.34  Direct Rollovers.  The provisions of this Paragraph
shall be effective January 1, 1993 and apply to distributions after
January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary, a distributee may elect to have any portion of an
eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
The Administrative Committee may prescribe the time and manner in
which this election is made.
     As used in this Paragraph, "eligible rollover distribution",
"eligible retirement plan", "distributee", and "direct rollover"
shall mean:

     (a)  "Eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution of
          all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
          distributee.  However, an eligible rollover distribution
          shall not include:

            (i)     any distribution that is one of a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments (not
                    less frequently than annually) made for the
                    life (or life expectancy) of the distributee
                    or the joint lives (or joint life expec-
                    tancies) of the distributee and the
                    distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
                    specified period of ten (10) years or more;

           (ii)     any distribution required under Code Section
                    401(a)(9); or

          (iii)     the portion of any distribution that is not
                    includible in gross income (determined without
                    regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                    appreciation with respect to employer
                    securities.

     (b)  "Eligible retirement plan" is:

            (i)     an individual retirement account (described in
                    Code Section 408(a)) or individual retirement
                    annuity (described in Code Section 408(b)); or

           (ii)     an annuity plan (described in Code Section
                    403(a)); or

          (iii)     a qualified trust (described in Code Section
                    401(a)) that accepts the distributee's
                    eligible rollover distribution.  However, in
                    the case of an eligible rollover distribution
                    to a surviving spouse, eligible retirement
                    plan shall mean only the items in (i) above.

     (c)  "Distributee" shall include an employee or former
          employee.  An employee's or former employee's surviving
          spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or
          former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified
          domestic relations order (defined in Code Section 414(p))
          are distributees with regard to the interest of the
          spouse or former spouse.

     (d)  "Direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the
          eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
     15.35  Participants who Enter Armed Forces.  Effective
December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to
the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with
respect to qualified military service will be provided in
accordance with Code Section 414(u).  Further, the repayment of any
elective account loan made under Paragraph 9.5 will be suspended as
permitted by Code Section 414(u)(4).

                          ARTICLE XVI
                      Top Heavy Provisions
     16.1  Compensation Limits.  With respect to compensation as
defined in this Plan, for any Top Heavy Plan year, compensation in
excess of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000.00), or such other
amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, shall be
disregarded.  Beginning January 1, 1989, compensation to be dis-
regarded shall be the amount stated in Paragraph 3.2.  Furthermore,
for the purposes of this ARTICLE XVI, compensation shall be as
defined in Paragraph 3.2.
     16.2  Key Employee.  "Key employee" means any employee or
former employee (and his beneficiaries) who, at any time during the
Plan year or any of the preceding four (4) Plan years, is:

     (a)  An officer of the Company, as that term is defined within
          the meaning of the regulations under Internal Revenue
          Code Section 416.  For the years 1984 through 1987, an
          officer is not treated as a key employee if the officer
          has an annual compensation of forty-five thousand dollars
          ($45,000.00) or less.

     (b)  One of the ten (10) employees owning (or considered as
          owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) the
          largest interests in all employers required to be aggre-
          gated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m).  However,
          an employee will not be considered a top ten (10) owner
          for a Plan year if the employee earns less than thirty
          thousand dollars ($30,000.00), or such other amount
          adjusted in accordance with Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) as
          in effect for the calendar year in which the determi-
          nation date falls.

     (c)  A five percent (5%) owner of the Company.  "Five percent
          (5%) owner" means any person who owns (or is considered
          as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more
          than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power
          of all stock of the Company.

     (d)  A one percent (1%) owner of the Company having an annual
          compensation from the Company of more than one hundred
          fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00).  "One percent (1%)
          owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as
          owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than
          one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Company
          or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the
          total combined voting power of all stock of the Company.
          In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers
          that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections
          414(b), (c), and (m) shall be treated as separate
          employers.  However, in determining whether an individual
          has compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand
          dollars ($150,000.00), compensation from each employer
          required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b),
          (c), and (m) shall be taken into account.
     16.3  Non-Key Employee.  "Non-key employee" means any employee
who is not a key employee.
     16.4  Super Top Heavy Plan.  "Super Top Heavy Plan" means, for
Plan years commencing after December 31, 1983, that, as of the
determination date, (1) the present value of accrued benefits of
key employees, or (2) the sum of the aggregate accounts of key
employees under this Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation
group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the present value of accrued
benefits or the aggregate accounts of all participants under this
Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation group.
     16.5  Top Heavy Plan.  "Top Heavy Plan" means, for Plan years
commencing after December 31, 1983, that, as of the determination
date, (1) the present value of accrued benefits of key employees,
or (2) the sum of the aggregate accounts of key employees under
this Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation group, exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan and any Plan
of the Company's aggregation group.
     16.6  Top Heavy Plan Year.  "Top Heavy Plan year" means any
calendar year after December 31, 1983 in which the Plan is a top
heavy plan.
     16.7  Top Heavy Plan Requirements.

     (a)  For any "Top Heavy Plan year", the following provisions
          shall apply notwithstanding any other provision in this
          Plan to the contrary:

          1.   Any person who is a participant in this Plan in any
               year in which it shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" shall
               have his or her benefits vested in accordance with
               the following schedules:  twenty percent (20%)
               after two (2) years of service; forty percent (40%)
               after three (3) years of service; sixty percent
               (60%) after four (4) years of service; eighty
               percent (80%) after five (5) years of service; and
               one hundred percent (100%) after six (6) years of
               service.  Effective January 1, 1989, there shall be
               no decrease in a participant's nonforfeitable
               percentage in the event the Plan's status as top
               heavy changes for any year.  Further, if the
               vesting schedule shifts in and out of the above
               schedule for any year because the Plan's top heavy
               status changes, such shift shall be considered an
               amendment of the vesting schedule.  If this occurs,
               each participant with at least three (3) years of
               service with the Company may elect to have his
               nonforfeitable percentage determined without regard
               to the shift.  The election period will begin with
               the date the deemed amendment is made and shall end
               on the later of:

               A.   Sixty (60) days after the deemed amendment is
                    adopted;

               B.   Sixty (60) days after the deemed amendment is
                    effective; or

               C.   Sixty (60) days after the participant is
                    issued written notice of the deemed amendment
                    by the Administrative Committee.

          2.   Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the
               contrary, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Company
               shall make a minimum contribution for each non-key
               employee equal to three percent (3%) of such non-
               key employee's salary, which shall be invested and
               accounted for in Fund III.

          3.   For any year in which this Plan is top heavy, each
               non-key employee will receive a minimum contribu-
               tion if the non-key employee has not separated from
               service at the end of the top heavy year, regard-
               less of whether the non-key employee has less than
               one thousand (1,000) hours of service in such year.
               Furthermore, such non-key employee shall receive
               such minimum contribution regardless of his or her
               level of compensation, and regardless of whether he
               or she declines to make a mandatory personal
               contribution.  No such minimum contribution made by
               the Company pursuant to these top heavy provisions
               shall be subject to forfeiture if a non-key
               employee withdraws his or her mandatory contri-
               butions.

4.Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any non-
               key employee is covered by both the Company's
               Pension Plan  and this Plan, the minimum contri-
               bution required herein shall be satisfied by the
               accrual of the defined benefit minimum by the
               respective non-key employee for any top heavy year.

          5.   If the Company shall be maintaining both this Plan
               and a defined benefit plan in any top heavy year, a
               factor of 1.0 must be applied to the denominators
               of the defined benefit and defined contribution
               fractions.

     16.8  Determination of Top Heavy Status.

     (a)  This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan year
          commencing after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the
          determination date, (1) the present value of accrued
          benefits of key employees, or (2) the sum of the
          aggregate accounts of key employees under this Plan and
          any Plan of an aggregation group, exceeds sixty percent
          (60%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
          aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan
          and any Plan of an aggregation group.

          If any participant is a non-key employee for any Plan
          year, but such participant was a key employee for any
          prior Plan year, such participant's present value of
          accrued benefit and/or aggregate account balance shall
          not be taken into account for purposes of determining
          whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any
          aggregation group which includes this Plan is a Top Heavy
          group).

     (b)  This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan
          year commencing after December 31, 1983, in which, as of
          the determination date, (1) the present value of accrued
          benefits of key employees, or (2) the sum of the aggre-
          gate accounts of key employees under this Plan and any
          Plan of an aggregation group, exceeds ninety percent
          (90%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
          aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan
          and any Plan of an aggregation group.

     (c)  Aggregate account.  A participant's aggregate account as
          of the determination date is the sum of:

          1.   His participant's account balance as of the most
               recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12)
               month period ending on the determination date.

          2.   Contributions that would be allocated as of a date
               not later than the determination date, even though
               those amounts are not yet made or required to be
               made.

          3.   Any Plan distributions made within the Plan year
               that includes the determination date or within the
               four (4) preceding Plan years.  However, in the
               case of distributions made after the valuation date
               and prior to the determination date, such dis-
               tributions are not included as distributions for
               Top Heavy purposes to the extent that such
               distributions are already included in the
               participant's aggregate account balance as of the
               valuation date.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
               the contrary, all distributions, including
               distributions made prior to January 1, 1984, will
               be counted.

          4.   Any employee contributions, whether voluntary or
               mandatory.  However, amounts attributable to tax
               deductible qualified employee contributions shall
               not be considered to be a part of the participants
               aggregate account balance.

     (d)  "Aggregation group" means either a required aggregation
          group or a permissive aggregation group as hereinafter
          determined.

          1.   Required aggregation group.  In determining a
               required aggregation group hereunder, each Plan of
               the Company in which a key employee is a parti-
               cipant, and each other Plan of the Company which
               enables any Plan in which a key employee
               participates to meet the requirements of Code
               Sections 401(a)(4) and 410, will be required to be
               aggregated.  Such group shall be known as a
               required aggregation group, and shall include any
               terminated plan which if it had not been terminated
               would have been required to be included in the
               aggregation group.

               In the case of a required aggregation group, each
               Plan in the group will be considered a Top Heavy
               Plan if the required aggregation group is a Top
               Heavy group.  No Plan in the required aggregation
               group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
               required aggregation group is not a Top Heavy
               group.

          2.   Permissive aggregation group.  The Company may also
               include any other Plan not required to be included
               in the required aggregation group, provided the
               resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue
               to satisfy the provisions of Internal Revenue Code
               Sections 401(a) or 410.  Such group shall be known
               as a permissive aggregation group.

               In the case of a permissive aggregation group, only
               a Plan that is part of the required aggregation
               group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
               permissive aggregation group is a Top Heavy group.
               No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be
               considered a Top Heavy Plan if the permissive
               aggregation group is not a Top Heavy Plan group.

          3.   Only those Plans of the Company in which the
               determination dates fall within the same calendar
               year shall be aggregated in order to determine
               whether such Plans are Top Heavy Plans.

          4.   For purposes of determining the present value of
               the cumulative accrued benefit for any employee, or
               the amount of the account of any employee, the
               value or amount shall be increased by the aggregate
               distributions made with respect to such employee
               under the plan during the five year period ending
               on the determination date.  The preceding sentence
               also applies to distributions under a terminated
               plan which if it had not been terminated would have
               been required to be included in an aggregation
               group.  If any individual is a non-key employee
               with respect to any plan for any plan year, but
               such individual was a key employee with respect to
               such plan for any prior plan year, any accrued
               benefit for such employee (and the account of such
               employee) shall not be taken into account.  The
               accrued benefit of an employee who has performed no
               services for the Company during the five (5) year
               period ending on the determination date will not be
               taken into account.

     (e)  "Determination date" means (1) the last day of the
          preceding Plan year, or (2) in the case of the first Plan
          year, the last day of such Plan year.

     (f)  Present value of accrued benefit.  In the case of a
          defined benefit plan, a participant's present value of
          accrued benefit shall be as determined under the
          provisions of the applicable defined benefit plan.

     (g)  "Top Heavy group" means an aggregation group in which, as
          of the determination date, the sum of:

          1.   The present value of accrued benefits of key
               employees under all defined benefit plans included
               in the group; and

          2.   The aggregate accounts of key employees under all
               defined contribution plans included in the group,
               exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum
               determined for all participants.

     (h)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
          effective date otherwise provided for herein for the
          application of Code Section 416 to this Plan (Plan years
          beginning after December 31, 1983) shall be extended in
          accordance with any legislative act of Congress.

                          ARTICLE XVII
                 Disabled Employee Participants
     17.1  Contributions Cease on Disability.  Notwithstanding
anything in this Plan to the contrary, when an employee-participant
commences to receive benefits because of disability as defined in
this Plan, he shall not be permitted to continue contributions, and
all Company contributions for his benefit shall cease until such
time as he again qualifies as a full time active employee.
     17.2  Vesting at Disability.  During any period of time in
which a participant shall qualify for benefits because of
disability as defined in this Plan, he shall be treated as if his
employment is continuous for purposes of vesting and shall continue
to vest at the rate provided by ARTICLE VIII herein.
     17.3  Distribution.  At such time as a disabled participant
attains eligibility for retirement pursuant to Paragraph 15.15
herein, his or her fully vested accounts may then be distributed in
accordance with Plan provisions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Twenty-second
Amendment to be executed by its authorized Officers and its Cor-
porate Seal to be hereunto affixed, and the Trustees have executed
this Trust, all on the              day of                       ,
19    .

                              KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



                              By:
                              Its:       Vice President



ATTEST:



By:
Its:    Assistant Secretary












                                            TRUSTEES




                                                  Exhibit 10 (c), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company


                         TENTH AMENDMENT

                        KANSAS CITY LIFE
                       EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN


     THIS TENTH AMENDMENT, comprising the restated Kansas City Life
Employee Stock Plan, is effective the 1st day of January, 1998, and
is entered into by and between Kansas City Life Insurance Company,
a Corporation organized and existing under the Laws of the State of
Missouri, hereinafter called the "Company", and Ronald E. Hiatt,
John K. Koetting and Robert C. Miller, hereinafter referred to as
the "Trustees".

                            ARTICLE I
                  Creation and Purpose of Trust
     1.1  Name.  The Company hereby creates this Plan and Trust to
be known as the "Kansas City Life Employee Tax Credit Stock Owner-
ship Plan", also sometimes referred to as the "Kansas City Life
Employee Stock Plan", or the "Kansas City Life ESOP", hereinafter
sometimes referred to as the "Plan" or "Trust".
     1.2  Purpose.  It is the purpose of this Plan to encourage the
contributions of its employees to the success of the Company and to
reward such contributions by providing the privileges of ownership
through stock acquisition, and it shall be qualified as an employee
stock ownership plan and as a payroll tax credit employee stock
ownership plan.  It is designed to invest primarily in qualifying
Company stock.
     1.3  Exclusive Benefit of Employees.  This Agreement has been
made, and this Plan and Trust created, for the exclusive benefit of
the Company's full time employees and their beneficiaries.  The
terms of this Plan are intended to comply with the present pro-
visions of Sections 401(a), 409A, 501(a) and 4975(d)(3) and (e)(7)
of the Internal Revenue Code, and as they may hereafter be amended,
and Treasury Department Regulations in connection therewith, in
order that the Plan and Trust may qualify for tax exemption.  Under
no circumstances shall any part of the principal or income of the
Plan and Trust be used for, or revert to, the Company, or be used
for, or diverted to, any purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of the employees and their beneficiaries.  This Plan and
Trust shall not be construed, however, as giving any employee, or
any other person, any right, legal or equitable as against the
Company, the Trustees or the principal or income of the Trust,
except as specifically provided for herein, nor shall it be con-
strued as giving any employee the right to remain in the Company's
employment.

                           ARTICLE II
                           Eligibility
     2.1  Commencing January 1, 1983, each present and future
employee shall be qualified as a participant in this Plan in
accordance with the following provisions:

     (a)  He shall have attained the age of twenty-one (21) years.

     (b)  Any employee whose employment commences prior to his
          attainment of age twenty-one (21), shall become a
          participant on the first (1st) day of the month following
          his twenty-first (21st) birthday.
     (c)  Any employee whose employment commences after his
          attainment of age twenty-one (21), shall become a par-
          ticipant on the first (1st) day of the month following
          his date of employment.

     (d)  Any employee of Old American Insurance Company who is age
          twenty-one (21) on November 1, 1991 or becomes age
          twenty-one (21) on or before December 31, 1991 shall
          become a participant on January 1, 1992 in accordance
          with the terms of the Adoption Agreement dated December
          19, 1991.  Thereafter, any employee of Old American
          Insurance Company will become a participant in accordance
          with subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section.
     2.2  With respect to this Plan, an "hour of employment" shall
mean:

     (a)  Each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly
          paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company for the
          performance of duties.  These hours shall be credited to
          the employee for the computation period or periods in
          which the duties are performed; and

     (b)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
          of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the
          Company.  These hours shall be credited to the employee
          for the computation period or periods to which the award
          or agreement pertains rather than the computation period
          in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

     (c)  Each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly
          paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company for reasons
          such as vacation, holidays, illness, incapacity (includ-
          ing disability), layoff, jury duty, military leave or
          leave of absence in a period during which no duties are
          performed (irrespective of whether the employment
          relationship was terminated).  These hours shall be
          credited to the employee for the computation period or
          periods during which the nonperformance of such duties
          occurs and shall only be considered up to a maximum of
          five hundred one (501) hours.  Hours of service for
          periods of time during which no duties are performed
          under Subparagraphs (b) and (c) shall be calculated and
          credited according to Department of Labor Regulations
          2530.200b-2 (b) and (c).

     (d)  In computing an employee's hours of employment on a
          weekly or monthly basis, when a record of hours of em-
          ployment is not available to determine the hours of
          employment under Subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the
          employee shall be assumed to have worked forty-five (45)
          hours for each week, or one hundred ninety (190) hours
          for each month (as applicable), for which the employee
          would be required to be credited with at least one (1)
          hour of employment under Subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c)
          above.

     (e)  An "hour of employment" shall also include time for which
          an employee is absent from work either

            (i)     by reason of the pregnancy of such employee,

           (ii)     by reason of the birth of a child of the
                    employee,

          (iii)     by reason of the placement of a child in
                    connection with the adoption of the child by
                    the employee, or

           (iv)     for purposes of caring for the child during
                    the period immediately following the birth or
                    placement for adoption.

            (v)     a leave of absence covered under the Family
                    and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

          However, the total number of hours of such service
          counted for any one (1) period shall not exceed five
          hundred one (501) hours.

     2.3  Leaves of Absence.

     (a)  For the purpose of computing continuous employment,
          leaves of absence may be included which have been
          authorized by the Company for any of the following
          reasons:

            (i)     Sickness.

           (ii)     Disability.

          (iii)     Service with the armed forces of the United
                    States during any war or national emergency
                    declared by the President or the Congress, or
                    undeclared.

           (iv)     Pregnancy, not to exceed twelve (12) months.

            (v)     Public service, whether elected or otherwise.

           (vi)     Obtaining additional education, involving
                    periods of time not to exceed twelve (12)
                    months for each leave of absence granted, but
                    only after completion of one (1) full year of
                    full time employment.

     (b)  Such leaves of absence may be counted in computing
          continuous employment provided the employee returns to
          active employment on or before the end of such leave of
          absence, and, when because of service in the armed forces
          as stated above, provided the employee returns to active
          employment with the Company within ninety (90) days
          following his discharge from such service, or such longer
          period during which his re-employment rights are pro-
          tected by law.

     (c)  Any such employee who is not qualified as a participant
          prior to the commencement of such a leave of absence
          shall not be so qualified until his return to active
          employment.  The provisions of this Section shall be
          applied in a like manner to all employees under similar
          circumstances.

                           ARTICLE III
                      Company Contributions
     3.1  Rate of Contribution.  Commencing January 1, 1983, in the
discretion of the Executive Committee of the Company, or its
designated subcommittee, the Company will annually contribute to
the Plan an amount of common capital stock of the Company equal to
one-half of one percent (.5%) of the aggregate compensation of
participants in the Plan for compensation paid or accrued during
calendar years 1983 and 1984, and equal to such other percentage as
shall be permissible by law, currently one-half of one percent
(.5%), for compensation paid or accrued during calendar years 1985
through 1987.
     No contribution will be made for a year for which the payroll
tax credit is not available.  Notwithstanding the provisions of the
preceding sentence, the Company may, but shall not be required, to
make a contribution to the Plan for a Plan year in which the
payroll tax credit is not available.  Any contribution made for a
Plan year in which the payroll tax credit is not available shall be
accounted for separately and shall be in accordance with the rules
and regulations pertaining to ESOPs then in effect.
     3.2  No Employee Contribution.  No contribution shall be
required of a participant, nor will any participant be eligible to
make a contribution.
     3.3  Investment Credit Recapture.  Amounts contributed to the
Plan attributable to all or a portion of the qualified investment
credit claimed by the Company shall remain in the Plan (and, if
allocated pursuant to the Plan, shall remain so allocated) even
though part or all of such ESOP credit is recaptured or redeter-
mined.
     3.4  Form of Payment.  The stock contributions of Kansas City
Life Insurance Company shall be made in treasury stock or in shares
of authorized but unissued stock of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company.  For purposes of fixing the amount of contributions made
with shares of treasury stock, or shares of authorized but unissued
stock, such stock shall be valued at its bid price on the over-the-
counter market on the valuation day of the month in which the
Company's contribution becomes due, or if the market is closed on
that day then on the last preceding day during which it was open.
Effective January 1, 1995, such stock shall be valued at the
average of its bid price on the over-the-counter market for all
business days in the month of the valuation day.  In the event the
Company is precluded from delivering such shares to the Trustees by
law or because of the unavailability of such shares, the Company's
contribution to the Trustees shall be in cash, and said cash shall
be invested until such time as shares of the Company stock shall be
available for purchase by the Trustees.

                           ARTICLE IV
                   Investment of Contributions
     4.1  Investment of Funds.  Contributions to the Trust shall be
invested in accordance with the authority granted to the Trustees
pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and Trust.  It is contem-
plated that the contribution made by the Company from time to time
be in shares of the Company stock, or in cash if necessary to
implement the provision of the Plan.
     4.2  Voting of Shares.  The Trustees shall vote the shares of
stock of the Company for the respective accounts of the partici-
pants only in accordance with the direction of such participants,
which directions may be certified to the Trustees by the Committee,
or any agent designated thereby, provided such directions are
received by the Trustees at least five (5) days before the date set
for the meeting at which such shares are to be voted.  Shares with
respect to which no such direction shall be received and the
fractional shares shall be voted by the Trustees in the same pro-
portions as are shares as to which voting instructions have been
received.

                            ARTICLE V
      Allocation to and Evaluation of Participants Accounts
     5.1  Allocation and Evaluation.  The value of all Trust assets
shall be determined on the basis of market values as of the last
market business day of each calendar quarter.  Effective January 1,
1995, the value of the Kansas City Life stock shall be determined
on the basis of the average of its bid price on the over-the-
counter market for all business days in the last month of each
calendar quarter.
     All stock transferred to or purchased by the Trust with
respect to a Plan year shall be allocated among the accounts of
persons who were participants on the last day of the Plan year and
who completed at least one thousand (1,000) hours of employment
during such Plan year.  The allocation to each participant shall be
an amount which bears the same proportion to the amount of such
securities allocated to all participants in the Plan for that Plan
year as the amount of each participant's compensation during the
entire year bears to total compensation paid to all participants
during the entire year.  (Compensation in excess of one hundred
thousand dollars ($100,000.00) per year with respect to any
participant will be disregarded for this purpose.)
     5.2  Dividends.  Except for amounts needed to cover cash
distributions in place of distributions of fractional shares,divi-
dends on shares shall be reinvested in shares of common stock of
the Company.  Such shares and uninvested dividends shall be allo-
cated quarterly among participants' accounts in proportion to the
value of each participant's account as of the end of the quarter.
     5.3  Stock Fund.  The Trustees shall maintain a "Stock Fund"
which shall cover the aggregate shares of capital stock contributed
to and purchased by the Plan and any uninvested cash.  The Stock
Fund shall be valued as of each valuation date, which shall be the
last business day of each quarter or such other dates as the
Committee may establish, on the basis of the then current fair
market value of the assets held therein, as determined by the
Trustees.  Effective January 1, 1995, the value of the Kansas City
Life stock shall be determined on the basis of the average of its
bid price on the over-the-counter market for all the business days
in the last month of the calendar quarter or in the month of such
other date as the Committee may establish.  The Administrative
Committee shall maintain records reflecting the account of each
participant in the Stock Fund.
     5.4  Annual Account.  The Administrative Committee shall
furnish to each participant at least once each year a statement of
shares and uninvested cash in the Stock Fund allocated to the
participant's account as of a specified date.

                           ARTICLE VI
             Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility
     6.1  Fiduciaries.  The fiduciaries shall have only those
specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are
specifically given them under this Plan.  The Company shall have
the sole responsibility for making the contributions required by
the Plan, shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the
Trustees, members of the Administrative Committee, and to amend or
terminate, in whole or in part, this Plan and Trust.
     6.2  Administration.  The Administrative Committee shall have
the sole responsibility for the administration of this Plan, which
responsibility is specifically described in ARTICLE IX herein.
     6.3  Trustees.  The Trustees shall have such responsibility
for the administration and management of the assets held pursuant
to this Plan and Trust, as is specifically provided for in the
Plan.
     6.4  Duties.  Each fiduciary warrants that any direction
given, information furnished or action taken by it shall be in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust, authorizing
or providing for such direction, information or action.  Further-
more, each fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information
or action of another fiduciary as being proper under this Plan, and
is not required herein to inquire into the propriety of any such
direction, information or action. It is intended under this Plan
that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of
its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations pursuant
to the Plan and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to
act of another fiduciary. No fiduciary guarantees the Trust fund in
any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.

                          ARTICLE VII
                             Vesting
     7.1  Vesting of Company Contributions.  Each participant shall
be one hundred per cent (100%) vested and shall have a nonfor-
feitable right to the full value of his or her account and to any
stock and uninvested cash allocated thereto.

                          ARTICLE VIII
                          Distributions
     8.1  Seven (7) Year Retention.  No stock or uninvested cash
allocated to a participant's account may be distributed from that
account before the end of eighty-four (84) months beginning after
the month in which the stock and uninvested cash is allocated to
the account, except in the case of separation from employment for
death or any other reason, or except in the case of a participant
who has become disabled and is receiving benefits from the Kansas
City Life or Sunset Life Disability Plans.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, commencing January 1, 1988, if an employee shall
continue in the Company's employment after his or her sixty-fifth
(65th) birthday, and commencing January 1, 1998, after his or her
sixtieth (60th) birthday (normal retirement date), such employee
shall commence to receive distributions as defined in the Internal
Revenue Code on the earlier of his termination of employment with
the Company or April 1st of the year following the calendar year in
which he or she attains the age of seventy and one-half (70 1/2).
Effective January 1, 1989, the minimum distribution and the minimum
distribution incidental benefit requirements of Internal Revenue
Proposed Regulations 1.401(a)(9)-1 and 1.401(a)(9)-2 are hereby
incorporated by reference.  Effective January 1, 1997, for par-
ticipants other than a five percent (5%) owner of the Company,
distributions shall commence no later than April 1st of the
calendar year following the later of:

     (a)  The year in which the participant attains age seventy and
          one-half (70 1/2), or

     (b)  The year in which the participant retires.
     8.2  Separation from Employment.  In the case of separation
from employment, whether by death or for any other reason, or in
the event a disabled participant so elects, the account of the
participant in the Stock Fund shall be determined as of the end of
the quarter in which such event occurs and shall be distributed to
the participant or beneficiary (in case of death) as soon there-
after as practicable.  If separation from service, or if the
disabled participant's election occurs on or after the last day of
a Plan year, but prior to the date on which the Company makes its
contribution for the Plan year just ended, and if the participant
is entitled to share in such contribution, then such participant's
share shall be determined as of the end of the quarter in which the
Company's contribution is made and shall be distributed thereafter
as soon as practicable.
     8.3  Pre-retirement Distribution.  Any participant who remains
in the employ of the Company may request a distribution of stock
allocated to his or her account as of the end of any quarter next
following the expiration of eighty-four (84) months following the
month in which the stock was allocated to the account, but not more
often than once within any twelve (12) month period.  Requests for
distribution must be in writing, filed with the Administrative
Committee at least fifteen (15) days prior to the end of any such
quarter.  Distribution shall be made to such participant as soon as
practicable following the end of the quarter in which the request
is made.  However, distributions pursuant to this Paragraph may not
be made to an individual who is an alternate payee under a Quali-
fied Domestic Relations Order and for whom an account is being
separately maintained.
     8.4  Right to Stock.  Any participant who shall be entitled to
a distribution from the Plan shall have the right to demand that
his benefits be distributed in the form of capital stock of the
Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share will
be converted to cash, at the valuation date as of which the
distribution is made based on the fair market value at that time as
determined by the Trustees.
     8.5  Method of Distribution.  All distributions provided pur-
suant to this Plan shall be by a lump sum payment.
     8.6  Commencement of Distributions.  All distributions shall
be made or commenced to be made as soon as practicable after the
valuation date coincident with or next following the occurrence of
one of the distribution events described in this ARTICLE VIII.
Upon written notice to the Committee no later than the end of the
calendar month following the month in which termination occurs, a
participant (or, in the case of death, his beneficiary) entitled to
a lump sum payment may make an irrevocable election to receive the
value of his distribution on January 31st of the next succeeding
calendar year.  Alternatively, the participant may choose not to
withdraw his benefits when one of the distribution events
occurs,and later elect to have the distribution made upon written
notice before a subsequent valuation date.  However, only a full
and complete distribution of his benefits will be allowed whether
the participant withdraws his benefits at the time a distribution
event occurs or at some later date.  No partial withdrawals shall
be permitted.
     8.7  Valuation.  The value of a participant's account upon
termination shall be the value on the most recent valuation date
preceding January of the year elected pursuant to Paragraph 8.6. If
such election is not so made, such value shall be determined on the
valuation date coincident with or next following the date the par-
ticipant (or, in case of death, his beneficiary) elects within the
election period specified in Paragraph 8.6 above, to receive his
distribution, or the receipt by the Trustees of notice of said
participant's termination, whichever shall occur later.
     8.8  Facility of Payment.  If the Committee shall receive
evidence satisfactory to it that a participant or beneficiary is
physically or mentally incompetent to receive any payment which
shall be due hereunder and to give a valid release therefor and
that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has
custody of such participant or beneficiary, and that no guardian,
committee or other representative of the estate of such participant
or beneficiary, shall have been duly appointed, the Committee may,
at its option, make payments otherwise payable to such participant
or beneficiary, to such other person or institution, and the
release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and
complete discharge for such payments.
     8.9  Beneficial Designation.  Any participant shall have the
right to designate a new beneficiary at any time by filing with the
Committee a written request for such change, but any such change
shall become effective only upon receipt of such request by the
Committee.  If the payment is made as a result of the death of the
participant, the payment shall be made to the surviving spouse of
the participant, if any, unless the participant and the spouse have
requested a distribution to any other beneficiary.  Any such
request shall be written and on forms prescribed by the Adminis-
trative Committee.  Upon receipt by the Committee of such request,
the change shall relate back to and take effect as of the date such
participant signs such request whether or not such participant is
living at the time the Committee receives such request.
     If there be no designated beneficiary living at the death of
such participant when any payment hereunder shall be payable to the
beneficiary, then such payment shall be made as follows:  To such
participant's wife or husband, if living; if not living, to such
participant's then living lineal descendants, in equal shares, per
stirpes; if none survives, to such participant's surviving parents,
equally; if neither survives, to such participant's executors or
administrators.
     8.10  Diversification of Investments.

            (i)     Each qualified participant in the plan may
                    elect within (90) ninety days after the close
                    of each calendar year in the qualified
                    election period to direct the Trustees as to
                    the investment of at least twenty-five percent
                    (25%) of his or her account in the plan (to
                    the extent such portion exceeds the amount to
                    which a prior election under this paragraph
                    applies).  In the case of the election year in
                    which the participant can make his or her last
                    election, the preceeding sentence shall be
                    applied by substituting "fifty percent (50%)"
                    for "twenty-five percent (25%)".

           (ii)     If a participant makes an election, the
                    Trustees may either (a) distribute the portion
                    of the participant's account covered by the
                    election to him or her within ninety (90) days
                    after the period during which the election may
                    be made, or (b) offer at least three invest-
                    ment options (not inconsistent with
                    regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury) to each participant making an
                    election.

          (iii)     For purposes of this paragraph, the term
                    "qualified participant" means any employee who
                    has completed at least ten (10) years of
                    participation under the plan and has attained
                    age fifty-five (55).

           (iv)     For purposes of this paragraph, the term
                    "qualified election period" means the five-
                    plan-year period beginning with the plan year
                    after the plan year in which the participant
                    attains age fifty-five (55) (or, if later,
                    beginning with the plan year after the first
                    plan year in which the individual first became
                    a qualified participant).

                           ARTICLE IX
                    Administrative Committee
     9.1  Membership.  The Administrative Committee, sometimes
herein referred to as the "Committee", shall consist of a number of
persons, not less than three (3) nor more than five (5), designated
by the Executive Committee of the Company, who shall serve terms of
one (1) year or until their successors are designated, and said
Committee shall have the responsibility for the general administra-
tion of the Plan and for carrying out the provisions of the Plan in
accordance with its terms.  The Committee shall have absolute
discretion in carrying out its responsibilities.
     9.2  Subcommittees.  The Committee may appoint from its
members such committees with such powers as it shall determine; may
authorize one (1) or more of its number or any agent to execute or
deliver any instrument or make any payment on its behalf; and may
utilize counsel, employ agents and provide for such clerical and
accounting services as it may require in carrying out the pro-
visions of the Plan.
     9.3  Meetings.  The Committee shall hold meetings upon such
notice, at such place or places, and at such time or times as it
may from time to time determine.
     9.4  Majority Action.  The action of a majority of the members
expressed from time to time by a vote in a meeting or in writing
without a meeting shall constitute the action of the Committee and
shall have the same effect for all purposes as if assented to by
all members of the Committee at the time in office.
     9.5  No Compensation.  No member of the Committee shall
receive any compensation for his services as such, and, except as
required by law, no bond or other security shall be required of him
in such capacity in any jurisdiction.
     9.6  Committee Rules.  Subject to the limitations of this Plan
and Trust, the Committee from time to time shall establish rules or
regulations for the administration of the Plan and the transaction
of its business.  The Committee shall have full and complete
discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and
decide any and all matters rising hereunder, except such matters
which the Executive Committee of the Company from time to time may
reserve for itself, including the right to remedy possible
ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions.  All interpretations,
determinations and decisions of the Committee or the Executive
Committee of the Company in respect of any matter hereunder shall
be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.
The Committee shall, when requested, submit a report to the
Executive Committee of the Company giving a brief account of the
operation of the Plan and the performance of the various accounts
established pursuant to the Plan.
     9.7  Claims Procedure.  The Administrative Committee shall
have full and complete discretionary authority to make all
determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit.  Any
denial by the Committee of a claim for benefits under this Plan by
a participant or a beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the
Committee and delivered or mailed to the participant or the
beneficiary, whichever is appropriate; and such notice shall set
forth the specific reason for the denial, written to the best of
the Committee's ability in a manner that may be understood without
legal or actuarial counsel.  In addition, the Committee shall
provide a reasonable opportunity to any participant or beneficiary
whose claim for benefits has been denied for a review of the
decision denying the claim.
     9.8  Resignation of Member.  Any member of the Committee may
resign by giving notice to the Executive Committee at least fifteen
(15) days before the effective date of his resignation.  Any Com-
mittee member shall resign upon request of the Executive Committee.
The Executive Committee shall fill all vacancies on the Committee
as soon as is reasonably possible after a resignation takes place,
and until a new appointment takes place, the remaining members of
the Committee shall have authority to act, if approved by either a
majority of the remaining members or by two (2) members, whichever
number is lesser.

                            ARTICLE X
                    Amendment and Termination
     10.1  Amendment.  Kansas City Life Insurance Company reserves
the right at any time and from time to time, and retroactively if
deemed necessary or appropriate to conform with governmental regu-
lations or other policies, to modify or amend, in whole or in part,
any or all of the provisions of this Plan and Trust by adoption of
a written resolution by the Board of Directors of Kansas City Life
Insurance Company or the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors; provided that no such modification or amendment shall
make it possible for any part of the contributions of the Company,
or any other funds of the Trust, to be used for, or diverted to,
purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of participants or
their beneficiaries.
     10.2  Termination.  This Plan and Trust is purely voluntary on
the part of the Company, and Kansas City Life Insurance Company
reserves the right to terminate the Plan and the Trust provided
herein by adoption of a written resolution by the Board of
Directors of Kansas City Life Insurance Company or the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors.  Upon termination of, or upon
the complete discontinuance of contributions within the meaning of
Section 411(d)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, participants'
accounts shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and
distribution shall be made as promptly as possible in accordance
with the directions of the Committee.
     10.3  Merger.  This Plan and Trust shall not be merged or
consolidated with, nor shall any assets or liabilities be
transferred to any other Plan or Trust, unless the accrued benefit
of each participant, if the Plan and Trust were terminated
immediately after such action, would be equal to or greater than
the accrued benefit to which such participant would have been
entitled if this Plan and Trust had been terminated immediately
before such action.

       ARTICLE XI
                            The Trust
     11.1  Number of Trustees.  There shall be three (3) Trustees
for this Trust with the Trustees hereinbefore named being the
original Trustees.
     11.2  Trustees shall Receive Sums Paid.  The Trustees shall
accept and receive all sums of money paid to them from time to time
by the Company, and shall hold, invest, reinvest, manage and
administer such monies and the increment, increase, earnings and
income thereof as a Trust for the exclusive benefit of the
employees participating in the Plan, and their beneficiaries.  All
income and earnings of the Trust shall be accumulated by the
Trustees and by them held, invested and reinvested as a part of the
principal of the said Trust.
     11.3  Investment of Funds.

     (a)  Except as hereinafter provided with respect to the cash
          reserve, the Trustees shall invest and reinvest the
          principal and income of the Trust in the capital stock of
          the Company.  Income from investments and proceeds of the
          sale of securities shall be reinvested in the same manner
          as contributions received for investment.  Any funds held
          by the Trustees pending investment in the capital stock
          of the Company may be invested temporarily in short-term
          corporate or governmental debt securities, or in such
          other investments as the Trustees shall, after investi-
          gation, believe to be sound and suitable investments for
          this Trust, although the same may not be of the character
          permitted for Trustee's investments by the Laws of the
          State of Missouri, all subject to the approval of the
          Executive Committee, or its designated subcommittee, as
          hereinafter provided.

     (b)  The Trustees may retain in cash so much of the Trust
          assets as they may deem advisable.

     (c)  The Trustees may sell property held by the Trust at
          either public or private sale, for cash or on credit, at
          such times as they may deem appropriate; they may ex-
          change such property, and they may grant options for the
          purchase or exchange thereof.

     (d)  The Trustees may consent to and participate in any plan
          of reorganization, consolidation, merger, extension or
          other similar plan affecting property held by the Trust;
          they may consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, pur-
          chase, sale or other action by any corporation pursuant
          to any such plan; they may accept and retain property
          issued under any such plan, even though it would not be
          eligible as a new investment under the provisions of this
          Section.

     (e)  The Trustees may deposit property held in the Trust with
          any protective, reorganization or similar committee, and
          may delegate discretionary power thereto to pay its
          reasonable share of such committee's expenses and com-
          pensation and any assessments levied with respect to any
          property so deposited.

     (f)  The Trustees may exercise all conversion and subscription
          rights pertaining to property held in the Trust.

     (g)  The Trustees may exercise all voting rights with respect
          to property held in the Trust, and in connection there-
          with grant proxies discretionary or otherwise, all in
          accordance with the provisions of this Plan and Trust.

     (h)  The Trustees may cause securities and other property to
          be registered and held in their names, the name of any
          one (1) of them, or in the name of their nominee.

     (i)  The Trustees may borrow money from others, including the
          Company, for the purposes of the Trust, and issue their
          promissory note or notes for the same, and pledge or
          mortgage securities or other assets owned by the Trust as
          security for the payment thereof.  Any such loan shall be
          subject to approval as required of investments herein,
          and also to the provisions of Paragraph 11.4 herein.

     (j)  The Trustees may compromise, compound and settle any debt
          or obligation due to or from them as Trustee; they may
          reduce the rate of interest on any obligation due them as
          Trustee; they may extend the time of payment of both
          interest and principal, or otherwise modify the terms of
          any obligation due them as Trustee; upon default of any
          obligation due them as Trustee, they may foreclose or
          otherwise enforce any obligation belonging to the Trust.

     (k)  The Trustees may generally do all such acts, execute all
          such instruments, take all such proceedings and exercise
          all such rights and privileges with relation to property
          belonging to the Trust as if the Trustees were the
          absolute owners thereof.
     11.4  Loan Provisions.  The following provisions shall apply
to any loan made to the Trust fund:

     (a)  The loan must be at a reasonable rate of interest, for a
          specific period of time, and shall not be payable on
          demand;

     (b)  Any collateral pledged to the creditor by the Trust shall
          consist only of the assets purchased with the borrowed
          funds (although in addition to such collateral, the
          Company may guarantee repayment of the loan);

     (c)  Under the terms of the loan, the creditor shall have no
          recourse against the Trust except with respect to such
          collateral;

     (d)  The loan shall be repaid only from those amounts con-
          tributed by the Company to the Trust and from amounts
          earned on Trust investments;

     (e)  The Company must contribute to the Trust amounts suf-
          ficient to enable the Trust to pay each installment of
          principal and interest on the loan on or before the date
          such installment is due, even if no tax benefit results
          from such contribution; and

     (f)  Upon the repayment of any portion of the balance due on
          the loan, the assets originally pledged as collateral for
          such portion shall be released from encumbrance.
          Released shares shall be allocated to the accounts of
          participants during the fiscal year such portion is paid
          off.  Such allocation shall be made in the same manner
          provided under the Plan for allocating shares when no
          loan is involved.

     (g)  Any such loans shall be effected primarily in the
          interest of participants and their beneficiaries.

     (h)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an exempt
          loan is effected it shall be subject to the following
          additional provisions and the proceeds thereof must be
          used within a reasonable time after their receipt only
          for any or all of the following purposes:

            (i)     To acquire qualifying Company securities.

           (ii)     To repay such loan.
          (iii)     To repay a prior exempt loan.  A new loan, the
                    proceeds of which are so used, must satisfy
                    the provisions of this Subparagraph (h).

     (i)  Except as provided hereinafter or as otherwise required
          by applicable law, no security acquired with the proceeds
          of an exempt loan may be subject to a put, call or other
          option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by
          and distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is
          then an ESOP.

     (j)  A qualifying Company security acquired with the proceeds
          of an exempt loan by the Plan, must be subject to a put
          option if it is not publicly traded when distributed or
          if it is subject to a trading limitation when distrib-
          uted.  For purposes of this Subparagraph, a "trading
          limitation" on a security is a restriction under any
          federal or state securities law, any regulation there-
          under or an agreement, not prohibited herein, affecting
          the security which would make the security not as freely
          tradable as one not subject to such restriction.  The put
          option must be exercisable only by a participant, by the
          participant's donees or by a person (including an estate
          or its distributee) to whom the security passes by reason
          of a participant's death.  (Under this Subparagraph (j),
          "participant" means a participant and beneficiaries of
          the participant under the ESOP.)  The put option must
          permit a participant to put the security to the Company.
          Under no circumstances may the put option bind the Plan.
          However, it may grant the Plan an option to assume the
          rights and obligations of the Company at the time that
          the put option is exercised.  If it is known at the time
          a loan is made that federal or state law will be violated
          by the Company's honoring such put option, the put option
          must permit the security to be put, in a manner con-
          sistent with such law, to a third party (e.g., an
          affiliate of the Company or a shareholder other than the
          Plan) that has substantial net worth at the time the loan
          is made and whose net worth is reasonably expected to
          remain substantial.

     (k)  General rule:

            (i)     A put option must last for a period of at
                    least sixty (60) days following the date of
                    distribution to the participant.  If the put
                    option is not exercised during that period, it
                    must be available to the participant for a
                    period of at least sixty (60) days in the
                    following Plan year as provided in regulations
                    prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

     (l)  Other put option provisions:

            (i)     Manner of exercise.  A put option is exercised
                    by the holder notifying the Company in writing
                    that the put option is being exercised.

           (ii)     Time excluded from duration of put option.
                    The period during which a put option is
                    exercisable does not include any time when a
                    distributee is unable to exercise it because
                    the party bound by the put option is
                    prohibited from honoring it by applicable
                    federal or state law.

          (iii)     Price.  The price at which a put option must
                    be exercisable is the value of the security,
                    at its bid price on the over-the-counter
                    market on the day in which such put option may
                    and shall be exercised.

           (iv)     Payment terms.  The provisions for payment
                    under a put option must be reasonable.  The
                    deferral of payment is reasonable if adequate
                    security and a reasonable interest rate are
                    provided for any credit extended and if the
                    cumulative payments at any time are no less
                    than the aggregate of reasonable periodic
                    payments as of such time.  Periodic payments
                    are reasonable if annual installments, be-
                    ginning with thirty (30) days after the date
                    the put option is exercised, are substantially
                    equal. Generally, the payment period may not
                    end more than five (5) years after the date
                    the put option is exercised.  However, it may
                    be extended to a date no later than the
                    earlier of ten (10) years from the date the
                    put option is exercised or the date the
                    proceeds of the loan used by the Plan to
                    acquire the security subject to the put option
                    are entirely repaid.

            (v)     Payments restrictions.  Payment under a put
                    option may be restricted by the terms of a
                    loan.  Otherwise, payment under a put option
                    must not be restricted by the provisions of a
                    loan or any other arrangement, including the
                    terms of the Company's Articles of Incorpo-
                    ration, unless so required by applicable state
                    law.

     (m)  The provisions of Subparagraphs (j), (k) and (l)
          hereinabove are nonterminable.  If the Plan holds or has
          distributed securities acquired with the proceeds of an
          exempt loan and either the loan is repaid or the Plan
          ceases to be an ESOP, these protections and rights shall
          continue to exist.  However, the protections and rights
          will not fail to be nonterminable merely because they are
          not exercisable under Subparagraphs (k) and (l).

     (n)  All assets acquired by the Plan with the proceeds of an
          exempt loan referred to hereinabove must be added to and
          maintained in a suspense account.  Such assets are to be
          withdrawn from the suspense account only in accordance
          with rules and regulations of the Internal Revenue Ser-
          vice and as if all securities in  the suspense account
          were encumbered.  Assets in such suspense account are
          assets of this ESOP Plan.
     11.5  Approval of Investments.  Before obtaining any loan or
making any new investment or reinvestment of any funds of this
Trust, the Trustees shall submit to the Executive Committee of the
Company, or its designated subcommittee, a proposal of the terms of
any such loan, or a list of any such securities in which it pro-
poses to invest such funds and the amount proposed to be invested
in each security, the Trustees shall proceed to act on such loan,
to purchase, or refrain from purchasing, such securities in
accordance with the acceptance or rejection, in whole or in part,
of such proposals by the Executive Committee of the Company, or its
designated subcommittee.  Acceptance or rejection of such pro-
posals, or any modification thereof, or any of them by the said
Committee, shall be signified in writing and delivered to the
Trustees within thirty (30) days of the submission of such
proposals by the Trustees, provided however, that if no written
modification, acceptance or rejection of such proposals, or any of
them, shall be so delivered by the said Committee within the time
herein limited therefor, the Trustees shall be warranted and
protected in assuming that all of the proposed loans or investments
which have not been specifically modified or rejected as aforesaid,
meet with the complete approval of said Executive Committee, or its
designated subcommittee.
     11.6  Cash Reserve.  The Trustees may maintain a cash reserve
in such amount as to provide for current distribution of benefits
under the Plan.  Such cash reserve may consist of uninvested con-
tributions of the Company, or of the proceeds of the sale of
investments of the Trust.  All of the funds held in such cash
reserve as well as all funds and securities and assets belonging to
the Trust shall be safely kept by the Trustees on deposit or in the
vaults of a bank or trust company selected and designated by the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Company.
     11.7  Disbursement of Funds.  Disbursement of the assets of
this Trust shall be made by the Trustees only to or for the benefit
of the participants in the Plan or their beneficiaries, and only at
the time, in the amount and in the manner prescribed in written
instructions of the Administrative Committee delivered by such
Committee to the Trustees.
     11.8  Instructions to Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be
obligated or required to determine whether any instructions issued
to them by the Administrative Committee are in fact so issued in
accordance with the terms of the Plan or the powers and duties
thereunder of said Committee.
     11.9  Fiduciary Insurance.  The Trustees or the Administrative
Committee shall have the right to purchase insurance on behalf of
themselves or anyone acting in a fiduciary capacity with respect to
the Plan and Trust, to cover liability or losses occurring by
reason of the act or omission of a fiduciary, if such insurance
permits recourse by the insurer against the fiduciary in the case
of a breach of a fiduciary obligation by such fiduciary.
     11.10  Accounting by Trustees.  Each year the Trustees shall
render to the Company an account of their administration of the
Trust for the year ending on the preceding 31st of December.  The
written approval of said account by the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee of the Company shall, as to all matters and
transactions stated therein or shown thereby, be final and binding
upon all persons who are then or who may thereafter become
interested in this Plan and Trust.
     11.11  Compensation.  No Trustee shall receive any compensa-
tion for his services as such Trustee.  In the administration of
said Trust, the Trustees, if they deem it advisable, may employ an
executive director, secretary or treasurer and fix reasonable
compensation therefor, and a Trustee may act as such executive
director, secretary or treasurer and receive the compensation so
fixed.  The Trustees may in their discretion employ clerical help,
actuaries, accountants, attorneys or other necessary personal
services of a person or corporation as may be necessary to properly
administer, defend and protect the Trust, and reasonable compensa-
tion for said services may be paid by the Trustees from the Trust
in the event the Company does not elect to pay for such services.
Any taxes that may be levied against said Trust shall be paid by
the Trustees from the Trust assets after liability for said taxes,
if any, has been established, and in determining the liability for
taxes the Trustees are specifically authorized to use their own
discretion in contesting taxes claimed to be due against said
Trust, and said Trustees may employ counsel for such purposes and
pay said counsel fees from the Trust assets in the event the
Company does not elect to pay said costs and fees.
     11.12  Trustees and Vacancies.  The Trustees administering
this Trust shall at all times be Officers of the Company, and any
Trustee may at any time be removed from the office of Trustee, with
or without cause, by the Board of Directors or the Executive Com-
mittee of the Company.  The Trustees named herein shall serve as
such Trustees until their resignation, death or removal by the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Company.  When
any Trustee ceases to be an Officer of the Company, he automati-
cally ceases to be a Trustee. Resignation of a Trustee shall be by
written notice given to the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee of the Company.  Whenever a vacancy occurs by resigna-
tion, death or removal of one (1) or more of the Trustees, the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee shall promptly fill
said vacancy or vacancies so created by naming a successor Trustee
or successor Trustees possessing the qualifications herein
prescribed.  All successor Trustees shall have the same powers in
connection with said Trust as the initial Trustees have, and they
shall be subject to the same limitations and directions as
prescribed herein for the initial Trustees.
     11.13  Rules.  The Trustees may make proper rules for carrying
out the purposes of the Trust, and may amend said rules from time
to time.  A majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum, and
the action taken by a quorum shall be controlling and shall be
deemed the act of the Trustees.  The Trustees may designate any one
(1) of their number to act as chairman or presiding officer.  Any
one (1) of the Trustees shall be and is hereby authorized to affix
his signature as the signature of all the Trustees when such may be
desirable in the performance of their duties pursuant hereto.  This
Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the
Laws of the State of Missouri, and all provisions thereof shall be
administered according to the laws of such state.  Any suit at law
or in equity brought against the Trustees or the Company by any
person, firm or corporation, including the participants in the
Plan, must be first instituted in Jackson County, Missouri, which
County and State is the situs of the parties hereto and the only
jurisdiction within which this Plan and Trust is to be administered
or located.

                           ARTICLE XII
                     Allocations Limitations
     12.1  Maximum Limitation.  Commencing January 1, 1983, in no
event shall the sum of the annual additions to a participant's
account for any Plan year exceed the lesser of:

     (a)  (i) Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00) or such higher
          amount as may be prescribed by regulations issued pur-
          suant to Section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code to
          reflect increases in the cost of living; plus (ii) the
          lesser of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00) (as
          adjusted for cost of living increases) or the amount of
          Company stock contributed to the Plan; [Effective January
          1, 1989, Subparagraph (ii) is deleted] or

     (b)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of such participant's compen-
          sation for the Plan year.
No more than one-third (1/3) of the Company contributions for a
year shall be allocated to the group of "highly compensated
employees" defined as follows:

     Prior to January 1, 1997, an employee who, during the year or
     the preceding year:

     (1)  Was at any time a five percent (5%) owner of the company,

     (2)  Received compensation from the company in excess of
          seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000.00),

     (3)  Received compensation from the company in excess of fifty
          thousand dollars ($50,000.00) and was in the top-paid
          group of employees for such year, or

     (4)  Was at any time an officer and received compensation
          greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount in effect
          under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
          for such year.

     Beginning January 1, 1997, an employee who:

     (5)  Was a five percent (5%) owner of the Company at any time
          during the year or preceding year, or

     (6)  For the preceding year

          A.   had compensation [as defined in Code Section
               415(c)(3)] from the Company in excess of $80,000.00
               and

          B.   if the Company elects the application of this
               clause for the preceding year, was in the group
               consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the
               employees ranked on the basis of compensation paid
               during the preceding year.
Annual additions to a participant's account for a Plan year shall
be the sum for any year of the Company's contributions plus the
amount of any employee contributions plus the forfeitures.
     12.2  Reallocation.  If, but for the limitations set forth in
Paragraph 12.1, the annual additions to a participant's account for
any Plan year would exceed the limitation set forth in that Para-
graph, such annual additions shall be reduced to the extent
necessary to comply with the requirements of Paragraph 12.1.  Any
portion of the Company's contribution which must be reallocated as
a result of the requirements of Paragraph 12.1 shall be reallocated
among the accounts of the remaining active participants in the same
manner as the initial allocation was made.
     12.3  Annual Additions Reduction.  If any participant is a
participant under any other Defined Contribution Plan maintained by
the Company, the total of the annual additions to such partici-
pant's account from all such Defined Contribution Plans shall not
exceed the limitations set forth in Paragraph 12.1.  If it is
determined that as a result of the limitation set forth in the
preceding sentence, the annual additions to the participant's
account in this Plan must be reduced, such reduction shall be
accomplished in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.2.
     12.4  Annual Additions Reduction.  If any participant is a
participant under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Company,
the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan fraction for a Plan year and
the Defined Contribution Plan fraction for that year shall be no
greater than one (1.00).  If it is determined that the limitation
set forth in the preceding sentence has been exceeded, the
numerator of the defined benefit plan fraction shall be adjusted by
freezing or adjusting the rate of benefit authorized by the defined
benefit plan so that the sum of both fractions shall not exceed one
(1) for the respective participant.  Effective January 1, 2000,
this paragraph shall not apply.
     12.5  Retirement Plan.  As used in this Section, the words
"retirement plan" shall mean:

     (a)  Any profit sharing, pension or stock bonus plan described
          in Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue
          Code;

     (b)  Any annuity plan or annuity contract described in Section
          403(a) or 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code;

     (c)  Any qualified bond purchase plan described in Section
          405(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; and

     (d)  Any individual retirement account, individual retirement
          annuity or retirement bond described in Section 408(a),
          408(b) or 409 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     12.6  Defined Contribution Plan.  As used in this Section, the
words "Defined Contribution Plan" shall mean a retirement plan
which provides for an individual account for each participant and
for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the par-
ticipant's account and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and
any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which may be
allocated to such participant's accounts.
     12.7  Defined Benefit Plan.  As used in this Section, the
words "Defined Benefit Plan" shall mean any retirement plan which
is not a Defined Contribution Plan.
     12.8  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction.  As used in this Section,
the words "Defined Benefit Plan fraction" shall mean, for any Plan
year, a fraction,

     (a)  the numerator of which is the projected annual benefit of
          the participant, that is, the annual benefit to which he
          would be entitled under the terms of the Defined Benefit
          Plan on the assumptions that he continues employment
          until his normal retirement date as determined under the
          terms of the Defined Benefit Plan, that his compensation
          continues at the same rate as in effect in the Plan year
          under consideration until his normal retirement date and
          that all other relevant factors used to determine bene-
          fits under such Defined Benefit Plan remain constant as
          of the current Plan year for all future Plan years, under
          all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Company
          determined as of the close of the Plan year, and

     (b)  the denominator of which is the lesser of:  (i) the
          maximum dollar limit for such year (for example, ninety
          thousand dollars ($90,000.00) for 1983) times 1.25, or
          (ii) the percentage of compensation limit for such year
          times 1.4.
     12.9  Defined Contribution Plan Fraction.  As used in this
Section, the words "Defined Contribution Plan fraction" shall mean,
for any Plan year, a fraction,

     (a)  the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions
          to the participant's account under all Defined Contri-
          bution Plans maintained by the Company in that Plan year,
          and

     (b)  the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
          following amounts, determined for the year and for each
          prior year of service with the Company:  (i) the product
          of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect for
          the year, or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the
          percentage of compensation limit (IRC  415 (e)(3) as
          amended).

     (c)  In computing the defined contribution plan fraction
          above, for years ending after December 31, 1982, at the
          election of the Company, the amount to be taken into
          account for all years ending before January 1, 1983, may
          be computed to be an amount equal to the denominator of
          the fraction, as in effect for the year ending in 1982,
          multiplied by a transition fraction,

          1.   the numerator of which is the lesser of (i) fifty-
               one thousand eight hundred seventy-five dollars
               ($51,875.00), or (ii) 1.4 multiplied by twenty-five
               per cent (25%) of the participant's compensation
               for the year ending in 1981, and
          2.   the denominator of which is the lesser of (i)
               forty-one thousand five hundred dollars
               ($41,500.00), or (ii) twenty-five per cent (25%) of
               the participant's compensation for the year ending
               in 1981.

                          ARTICLE XIII
                       General Provisions
     13.1  Expenses.  The Company shall pay all expenses incurred
in administering the Plan and managing the Trust assets.  The
Company shall not pay any brokerage fees, commissions, stock
transfer taxes and other charges and expenses in connection with
the purchase and sale of securities under the Plan, unless
specifically approved by the Executive Committee, or its designated
subcommittee.
     13.2  Source of Payment.  Benefits pursuant to the Plan shall
be payable only out of the assets of the Trust.  No person shall
have any right under the Plan with respect to the assets of the
Trust, or against any Trustee, insurance company or the Company,
except as specifically provided for herein.
     13.3  Inalienability of Benefits.  The interest hereunder of
any participant or beneficiary except as may be required by a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order defined in Section 414(p) of the
Internal Revenue Code, shall not be alienable, either by assignment
or by any other method, and to the maximum extent permissible by
law, shall not be subject to being taken, by any process whatever,
by the creditors of such participant or beneficiary.  Effective
August 5, 1997, the Plan may offset a participant's benefits under
the Plan against an amount the participant is ordered or required
to pay to the Plan described in a judgment, order, decree or
settlement agreement relating to a breach of fiduciary duty or
criminal act against the Plan as further described in Section
401(a)(13) of the Internal Revenue Code.
     13.4  No Right to Employment.  Nothing herein contained nor
any action taken under the provisions hereof shall be construed as
giving any employee the right to be retained in the employment of
the Company.
     13.5  Accrued Benefit.  The term "accrued benefit" shall mean
the value of a participant's account or accounts with respect to
all funds in this Plan.
     13.6  Uniform Administration.  Whenever in the administration
of the Plan any action is required by the Committee, such action
shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly
situated and no such action shall be taken which will discriminate
in favor of shareholders of the Company, highly compensated par-
ticipants or participants whose principal duties consist of
supervising the work of others.
     13.7  Beneficiary.  The word "beneficiary" shall be deemed to
include the estate of the participant, dependents of the partici-
pant, persons who are the natural objects of the participant's
bounty, and any person designated by the participant to share in
the benefits of the Plan and Trust after the death of the
participant.  Wherever the rights of participants are stated or
limited herein, their beneficiaries shall be bound thereby.
     13.8  Severability.  In the event that any provision of this
Plan and Trust shall be held invalid or illegal for any reason,
such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of
this Plan, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such
invalid or illegal provision had never been included in the Plan.
This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the
State of Missouri.
     13.9  Articles.  Titles of Articles are for general
information only and this Plan shall not be construed by reference
to such titles.
     13.10  Gender.  Words used in the masculine gender shall be
read and construed to include the feminine gender.
     13.11  Plural.  Wherever required, the singular of any word in
this Plan and Trust shall include the plural and the plural may be
read in the singular.
     13.12  Disability.  The term "disability" as used in this Plan
means a physical or mental condition of a participant which results
in the receipt of benefits by such participant pursuant to the
provisions of either the Kansas City Life Disability Plan or the
Sunset Life Disability Plan.
     13.13  Compensation.  For the purposes herein, the term "com-
pensation" shall include all compensation, as defined in Regulation
1.415-2(d)(11)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, due and payable to
an employee by the Company, including any amount not includable in
the gross income of an employee under Internal Revenue Code
Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) and 403(b).
     13.14  Initial Qualifications.  The Company reserves the right
to have all its contributions returned to it free of this Trust,
and  to terminate said Plan and Trust, if the Trust does not
initially meet the qualification requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code for an employee stock option plan.
     13.15  Company.  The term "Company" means Kansas City Life
Insurance Company, a Missouri Corporation, Sunset Life Insurance
Company of America, a Washington Corporation, and Old American
Insurance Company, a Missouri Corporation, and any other subsidiary
corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance Company required to be
treated as a single employer under Internal Revenue Code Section
414(b), (c), (m) and (o), any or all of which may sometimes be
referred to herein as affiliated corporations.
     13.16  Employee.  The term "employee" shall mean any person
employed by Kansas City Life Insurance Company or any subsidiary
corporation under the rules of common law, and shall not include
agents, general agents, consultants or other independent con-
tractors, or, effective January 1, 1989, leased employees as
defined in Section 414(n) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Effective January 1, 1997, "leased employee" shall mean any person
other than an employee of the Company who has performed services
for the Company under an agreement between the Company and a
leasing organization on a substantially full time basis for at
least one (1) year, provided such services are performed under the
primary direction or control by the Company.
     Leased employees shall not participate in this Plan.  Further-
more, a person who is not designated as an "employee" in the
Company's employment records during a particular period of time,
including a person designated as an "independent contractor", is
not to be considered to be an employee during that period of time.
Such a person shall not be considered to be an employee even if a
determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service, the Depart-
ment of Labor, or any other government agency, court, or other
tribunal, that such person is an employee for any purpose, unless
and until the Company in fact designates such person as an employee
for purposes of this Plan.  If such a designation is made, the
designation shall be applied prospectively only unless the Company
specifically provides otherwise.
     13.17  Company Stock.  The term "Company stock" shall mean
shares of the common capital stock of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company.
     13.18  Executive Committee.  Wherever in the Plan and Trust
the term "Executive Committee" is used, it shall be taken to mean
only the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Kansas
City Life Insurance Company.
     13.19  Board of Directors.  Wherever in the Plan and Trust the
term "Board of Directors" is used, it shall be taken to mean only
the Board of Directors of Kansas City Life Insurance Company.
     13.20  Affiliated Company Participation.  Notwithstanding any-
thing in this Agreement to the contrary, no employee of any
subsidiary or affiliated corporation of Kansas City Life Insurance
Company shall have the right to participate in this Plan unless
such Plan shall have been adopted by the corporation for which such
employee is employed.
     13.21  Direct Rollovers.  The provisions of this Paragraph
shall be effective January 1, 1993 and apply to distributions after
January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary, a distributee may elect to have any portion of an
eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retire-
ment plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.  The
Administrative Committee may prescribe the time and manner in which
this election is made.
     As used in this Paragraph, "eligible rollover distribution",
"eligible retirement plan", "distributee" and "direct rollover"
shall mean:

     (a)  "Eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution of
          all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
          distributee.  However, an eligible rollover distribution
          shall not include:

            (i)     Any distribution that is one of a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments (not
                    less frequently than annually) made for the
                    life (or life expectancy) of the distributee
                    or the joint lives (or joint life expec-
                    tancies) of the distributee and the
                    distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
                    specified period of ten (10) years or more;

           (ii)     Any distribution required under Code Section
                    401(a)(9); or

          (iii)     The portion of any distribution that is not
                    includible in gross income (determined without
                    regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                    appreciation with respect to employer
                    securities.

     (b)  "Eligible retirement plan" is:

            (i)     An individual retirement account (described in
                    Code Section 408(a)) or individual retirement
                    annuity (described in Code Section 408(b)); or

           (ii)     An annuity plan (described in Code Section
                    403(a)); or

          (iii)     A qualified trust (described in Code Section
                    401(a)) that accepts the distributee's
                    eligible rollover distribution.  However, in
                    the case of an eligible rollover distribution
                    to a surviving spouse, eligible retirement
                    plan shall mean only the items in (i) above.

     (c)  "Distributee" shall include an employee or former em-
          ployee.  An employee's or former employee's surviving
          spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or
          former spouse who is an alternate payee under a Qualified
          Domestic Relations Order (defined in Code Section 414(p))
          are distributees with regard to the interest of the
          spouse or former spouse.

     (d)  "Direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the
          eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
          The Plan shall withhold twenty percent (20%) of an
          eligible rollover distribution which is not paid to an
          eligible retirement plan.
     13.22  Participants who Enter Armed Forces.  Effective
December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to
the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with
respect to qualified military service will be provided in accord-
ance with Code Section 414(v).

                           ARTICLE XIV
                      Top Heavy Provisions
     14.1  Compensation Limits.  With respect to compensation as
defined in this Plan, for any Top Heavy Plan year, compensation in
excess of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000.00), or such
otheramount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, shall
be disregarded.  Effective January 1, 1994, one hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($150,000.00) is the maximum compensation.  This
amount will be adjusted in accordance with Internal Revenue Code
Section 401(a)(17)(B).
     14.2  Key Employee.  "Key employee" means any employee or
former employee (and his beneficiaries) who, at any time during the
Plan year or any of the preceding four (4) Plan years, is:

     (a)  An officer of the Company, as that term is defined within
          the meaning of the regulations under Internal Revenue
          Code Section 416.  For the years 1984 through 1987, an
          officer is not treated as a key employee if the officer
          has an annual compensation of forty-five thousand dollars
          ($45,000.00) or less.

     (b)  One of the ten (10) employees owning (or considered as
          owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) the
          largest interests in all employers required to be
          aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m).
          However, an employee will not be considered a top ten
          (10) owner for a Plan year if the employee earns less
          than thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00), or such other
          amount adjusted in accordance with Code Section
          415(c)(1)(A) as in effect for the calendar year in which
          the determination date falls.

     (c)  A five percent (5%) owner of the Company.  "Five percent
          (5%) owner" means any person who owns (or is considered
          as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more
          than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the
          Company or stock possessing more than five percent (5%)
          of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
          Company.

     (d)  A one percent (1%) owner of the Company having an annual
          compensation from the Company of more than one hundred
          fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00).  "One percent (1%)
          owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as
          owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than
          one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Company
          or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the
          total combined voting power of all stock of the Company.
          In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers
          that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections
          414(b), (c), and (m) shall be treated as separate em-
          ployers.  However, in determining whether an individual
          has compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand
          dollars ($150,000.00) compensation from each employer
          required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b),
          (c), and (m) shall be taken into account.
     14.3  Non-Key Employee.  "Non-key employee" means any employee
who is not a key employee.
     14.4  Super Top Heavy Plan.  "Super Top Heavy Plan" means, for
Plan years commencing after December 31, 1983, that, as of the
determination date, (1) the present value of accrued benefits of
key employees, or (2) the sum of the aggregate accounts of key
employees under this Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation
group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the present value of accrued
benefits or the aggregate accounts of all participants under this
Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation group.
     14.5  Top Heavy Plan.  "Top Heavy Plan" means, for Plan years
commencing after December 31, 1983, that, as of the determination
date, (1) the present value of accrued benefits of key employees,
or (2) the sum of the aggregate accounts of key employees under
this Plan and any Plan of the Company's aggregation group, exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan and any Plan
of the Company's aggregation group.
     14.6  Top Heavy Plan Year.  "Top Heavy Plan Year" means any
calendar year after December 31, 1983 in which the Plan is a top
heavy plan.
     14.7  Top Heavy Plan Requirements.

     (a)  For any "Top Heavy Plan Year", the following provisions
          shall apply notwithstanding any other provision in this
          Plan to the contrary:

          1.   Any person who is a participant in this Plan in any
               year in which it shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" shall
               have his or her benefits vested in accordance with
               the following schedules: Twenty Percent (20%) after
               two (2) years of service; Forty percent (40%) after
               three (3) years of service; Sixty percent (60%)
               after four (4) years of service; Eighty per-cent
               (80%) after five (5) years of service; One hundred
               percent (100%) after six (6) years of service.

               Effective January 1, 1989, there shall be no
               decrease in a participant's nonforfeitable
               percentage in the event the Plan's status as top
               heavy changes for any year.  Further, if the
               vesting schedule shifts in and out of the above
               schedule for any year because the Plan's top heavy
               status changes, such shift shall be considered an
               amendment of the vesting schedule.  If this occurs,
               each participant with at least three (3) years of
               service with the Company may elect to have his
               nonforfeitable percentage determined without regard
               to the shift.  The election period will begin with
               the date the deemed amendment is made and shall end
               on the later of:

               A.   Sixty (60) days after the deemed amendment is
                    adopted;

               B.   Sixty (60) days after the deemed amendment is
                    effective; or

               C.   Sixty (60) days after the participant is
                    issued written notice of the deemed amendment
                    by the Administrative Committee.

          2.   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
               contrary for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Company
               shall make a minimum contribution for each non-key
               employee equal to three percent (3%) of such non-
               key employee's salary.

          3.   For any year in which this Plan is top heavy, each
               non-key employee will receive a minimum contribu-
               tion if the non-key employee has not separated from
               service at the end of the top heavy year, regard-
               less of whether the non-key employee has less than
               one thousand (1,000) hours of service in such year.
               Furthermore, such non-key employee shall receive
               such minimum contribution regardless of his or her
               level of compensation, and regardless of whether he
               or she declines to make a mandatory personal con-
               tribution.

          4.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any non-
               key employee is covered by both the Company's
               Pension Plan and this Plan, the minimum contribu-
               tion required herein shall be satisfied by the
               accrual of the defined benefit by the respective
               non-key employee for any top heavy year.

          5.   If the Company shall be maintaining both this Plan
               and a defined benefit plan in any top heavy year, a
               factor of 1.0 must be applied to the dollar limits
               when the top heavy ratio exceeds ninety percent
               (90%).

     14.8  Determination of Top Heavy Status.

     (a)  This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan year
          commencing after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the
          determination date, (1) the present value of accrued
          benefits of key employees, or (2) the sum of the
          aggregate accounts of key employees under this Plan and
          any Plan of an aggregation group exceeds sixty percent
          (60%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
          aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan
          and any Plan of an aggregation group.

          If any participant is a non-key employee for any Plan
          year, but such participant was a key employee for any
          prior Plan year, such participant's present value of
          accrued benefit and/or  aggregate account balance shall
          not be taken into account for purposes of determining
          whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any
          aggregation group which includes this Plan is a Top Heavy
          group).

     (b)  This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan
          year commencing after December 31, 1983, in which, as of
          the determination date, (1) the present value of accrued
          benefits of key employees, or (2) the sum of the
          aggregate accounts of key employees under this Plan and
          any Plan of an aggregation group, exceeds ninety percent
          (90%) of the present value of accrued benefits or the
          aggregate accounts of all participants under this Plan
          and any Plan of an aggregation group.

     (c)  Aggregate account.  A participant's aggregate account as
          of the determination date is the sum of:

          1.   His participant's account balance as of the most
               recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12)
               month period ending on the determination date.

          2.   Contributions that would be allocated as of a date
               not later than the determination date, even though
               those amounts are not yet made or required to be
               made.

          3.   Any Plan distributions made within the Plan year
               that includes the determination date or within the
               four (4) preceding Plan years.  However, in the
               case of distributions made after the valuation date
               and prior to the determination date, such distri-
               butions are not included as distributions for Top
               Heavy purposes to the extent that such distribu-
               tions are already included in the participant's
               aggregate account balance as of the valuation date.
               Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
               all distributions, including distributions made
               prior to January 1, 1984, will be counted.

          4.   Any employee contributions, whether voluntary or
               mandatory.  However, amounts attributable to tax
               deductible qualified employee contributions shall
               not be considered to be a part of the participant's
               aggregate account balance.

     (d)  "Aggregation group" means either a required aggregation
          group or a permissive aggregation group as hereinafter
          determined.

          1.   Required aggregation group.  In determining a re-
               quired aggregation group hereunder, each Plan of
               the Company in which a key employee is a parti-
               cipant, and each other Plan of the Company which
               enables any Plan in which a key employee
               participates to meet the requirements of Code
               Sections 401(a)(4) and 410, will be required to be
               aggregated.  Such group shall be known as a
               required aggregation group.
               In the case of a required aggregation group, each
               Plan in the group will be considered a Top Heavy
               Plan if the required aggregation group is a Top
               Heavy group.  No Plan in the required aggregation
               group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
               required aggregation group is not a Top Heavy
               group.

          2.   Permissive aggregation group.  The Company may also
               include any other Plan not required to be included
               in the required aggregation group, provided the
               resulting group, taken as whole, would continue to
               satisfy the provisions of Internal Revenue Code
               Sections 401(a) or 410.  Such group shall be known
               as a permissive aggregation group.

               In the case of a permissive aggregation group, only
               a Plan that is part of the required aggregation
               group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
               permissive aggregation group is a Top Heavy group.
               No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be
               considered a Top Heavy Plan if the permissive
               aggregation group is not a Top Heavy Plan group.

          3.   Only those Plans of the Company in which the
               determination dates fall within the same calendar
               year shall be aggregated in order to determine
               whether such Plans are Top Heavy Plans.

     (e)  "Determination date" means (1) the last day of the
          preceding Plan year, or (2) in the case of the first Plan
          year, the last day of such Plan year.

     (f)  Present value of accrued benefit.  In the case of a
          defined benefit plan, a participant's present value of
          accrued benefit shall be as determined under the
          provisions of the applicable defined benefit plan.

     (g)  "Top Heavy group" means an aggregation group in which, as
          of the determination date, the sum of:

          1.   The present value of accrued benefits of key
               employees under all defined benefit plans included
               in the group; and

          2.   The aggregate accounts of key employees under all
               defined contribution plans included in the group,
               exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum
               determined for all participants.

     (h)  "Top Heavy Plan year" means that, for a particular Plan
          year commencing after December 31, 1983, the Plan is a
          Top Heavy Plan.

     (i)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
          effective date otherwise provided for herein for the
          application of Code Section 416 to this Plan (Plan years
          beginning after December 31, 1983) shall be extended in
          accordance with any legislative act of Congress.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Tenth Amend-
          ment to be executed by its authorized Officers and its Corporate
          Seal to be hereunto affixed, and the Trustees have executed this
          Trust, all on the            day of                     , 19    .

                              KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



                              By:
                              Its:      Vice President



ATTEST:



By:
Its:    Assistant Secretary
 TRUSTEES


                                                  Exhibit 10 (d), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company





                         FIRST AMENDMENT

                        KANSAS CITY LIFE
                       EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN


                            ARTICLE I
                           Definitions
     1.01  "Act" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 (ERISA), as from time to time amended.
     1.02  "Pension Plan" shall mean the Kansas City Life Insurance
Company Cash Balance Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
     1.03  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time.
     1.04  "Company" shall mean Kansas City Life Insurance Company
and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated business entities parti-
cipating in the Pension Plan.
     1.05  "Effective date" shall mean January 1, 1998.
     1.06  "Maximum benefit" shall mean the maximum benefit
permitted by Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Code to be paid a
participant of a defined benefit plan qualified under Sections
401(a) and 501(a).
     1.07  "Participant" shall mean any employee of the Company who
is an active participant in the Pension Plan on or after the
effective date and whose pension benefits determined on the basis
of the provisions of such Pension Plan, without regard to the
limitations of the Code, would exceed the maximum benefit limited
under Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Code.
     1.08  "Plan" shall mean the Kansas City Life Excess Benefit
Plan, as from time to time amended or restated, which shall be an
unfunded plan as defined in Act Section 3(36) and Department of
Labor Regulation 2520.104-23.
     1.09  "Unrestricted benefit" shall mean the maximum normal,
early, or deferred vested retirement benefit, payable pursuant to
provisions of the Pension Plan, whichever is applicable, determined
without regard to the limitations of the Code imposed under
Sections 415 and 401(a)(17).

                           ARTICLE II
                            Benefits
     2.01  Normal retirement benefit:  Upon the retirement of a
participant, as provided under the Pension Plan, such participant
shall be entitled to a benefit equal in amount to his unrestricted
benefit less the maximum benefit.
     2.02  Deferred vested retirement benefit:  If a participant
terminates employment with the Company and is entitled to a
deferred vested retirement benefit provided under the Pension Plan,
such a participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to his
unrestricted benefit less the maximum benefit.
     2.03  Spouse's pension benefit:  Subject to Section 2.04
below, upon the death of a participant whose spouse is eligible for
a pre- or post-retirement surviving spouse benefit under the
Pension Plan, the participant's surviving spouse shall be entitled
to a benefit equal to the surviving spouse benefit determined in
accordance with the provisions of the Pension Plan without regard
to the limitation under Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) less the
maximum benefit.
     2.04  Optional forms of benefit payment:  A retirement benefit
payable under this ARTICLE II shall be paid at such time or times
in such form as the participant may have elected pursuant to the
provisions of the Pension Plan.  The election to receive a lump sum
payment must be filed with the Administrative Committee at least
six (6) months prior to payment being received.  However, a
participant entitled to a benefit from the Pension Plan in 1998 may
elect to receive a lump sum payment in 1998 without regard to this
six (6) month requirement.  Participants who are receiving monthly
benefits on January 1, 1998 from this Plan are not eligible to
elect a lump sum payment.  The lump sum shall be determined in the
same manner as it is determined under the Pension Plan.

                           ARTICLE III
                   Administration of the Plan
     3.01  Administrator:  The Plan shall be administered by the
Administrative Committee elected by the Company pursuant to the
Pension Plan, and subject to such authority detailed therein.  The
Administrator shall have the sole duty and responsibility of main-
taining records, making the requisite calculations, and disbursing
the payments hereunder.  The Administrator shall have full and
complete discretionary authority in performing its duties.  The
Administrator's interpretations, determinations, regulations, and
calculations shall be final and binding on all persons and parties
concerned.
     3.02  Amendment and termination:  Kansas City Life Insurance
Company may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, provided,
however, that no such amendment or termination shall adversely
affect a benefit to which a terminated or retired participant or
his beneficiary is entitled under ARTICLE II prior to the date of
such amendment or termination unless the participant becomes
entitled to an amount equal to such benefit under another plan
or practice adopted by the Company.
     3.03  Payments:  The Company will pay all benefits arising
under this Plan and all costs, charges, and expenses relating
thereto.
     3.04  Non-assignability of benefits:  The benefits payable
hereunder or the right to receive future benefits under the Plan
may not be anticipated, alienated, pledged, encumbered, or sub-
jected to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made
to do so, or a person eligible for any benefits becomes bankrupt,
the interest under the Plan of the person affected may be termi-
nated by the Administrator which, in its sole discretion, may cause
the same to be held or applied for the benefit of one or more of
the dependents of such person or make any other disposition of such
benefits that it deems appropriate.
     3.05  Status of Plan:  The benefits under this Plan shall not
be funded, but shall constitute liabilities by the Company payable
when due.
     3.06  Non-guarantee of employment:  Nothing contained in this
Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the
Company and any participant, or as a right of any participant to be
continued in employment of the Company, or as a limitation on the
right of the Company to discharge any of its employees, with or
without cause.
     3.07  Applicable law:  All questions pertaining to the con-
struction, validity and effect of the Plan shall be determined in
accordance with the laws of the United States and to the extent not
pre-empted by such laws, by the laws of the State of Missouri.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Kansas City Life Insurance Company has
caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized
officers.

                              KANSAS CITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                              By:
                              Its:   Senior Vice President



ATTEST:




       Assistant Secretary






                                                  Exhibit 13, Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

OPERATING RESULTS
     Operating  earnings per share  reached a then record level of $6.52 in 1996
but  declined  12  percent  in 1997 to $5.72,  and then rose 16 percent to a new
record level of $6.63 in 1998.  Realized  investment gains varied over the three
years:  $3.0 million in 1996,  $14.5  million in 1997 and $11.4 million in 1998.
Including  these  gains,  net income rose from $6.84 a share in 1996 to $7.25 in
1997 to $7.83 in 1998,  an  average  growth  rate of 7  percent  a year.  Pretax
operating  margins  averaged  12.1  percent over the three years while return on
equity averaged 9.46 percent.

     The Company  acquired a block of  traditional  and interest  sensitive life
insurance  during the third  quarter of 1997 for $51.4  million,  net of related
income tax  benefits.  The block  initially  added 100,000  policies  generating
annual  insurance  revenues of $27.0 million,  and the Company  received  $216.6
million in cash.

     Investment  results are reviewed more meaningfully by excluding the effects
of the acquisition  above. On this basis,  investment income increased 2 percent
in 1997 and declined 3 percent in 1998.  Investment  assets were  unchanged from
1996  to 1997  and  grew 2  percent  in 1998 on an  amortized  cost  basis.  The
investment  portfolio's overall yield declined from 7.68 percent in 1996 to 7.20
percent in 1998 as yields on new  investments  fell below yields on  investments
lost through  maturity and repayment.  Generally all of 1998's new money,  $44.7
million,  was invested in mortgage loans.  The Company invested $74.2 million in
hedge  funds and high  yield  securities.  While it is  anticipated  that  these
investments  will return higher yields over time  commensurate  with their added
risk, their earnings  pattern will be volatile year to year. These  investments'
percentage  return  was  one-third  that  of the  portfolio  in  1998  and  thus
negatively  impacted  the  overall  yield.   Approximately  92  percent  of  the
securities  portfolio  is  investment  grade  compared  to 96  percent  in 1997.
Securities  defaults have been  insignificant.  Just 0.3 percent of the mortgage
portfolio is in foreclosure,  half the industry average.  Restructured  mortgage
loans represent 1.7 percent of the portfolio at year end 1998.

     Considerable  progress  was made  over the past  three  years in  improving
efficiency. Home office operating expenses rose 7 percent in 1997 as investments
were made in the marketing  effort.  This contributed to the strong sales growth
in 1997 and 1998 which helped to lower unit costs.  Home office costs declined 2
percent  in 1998  despite  the added  administrative  work  associated  with the
acquisition of 100,000 life policies noted  previously.  These efforts increased
efficiency by improving unit costs.  For example,  premium revenues per employee
rose 33  percent  over the past  three  years  and the  number of  policies  per
employee  increased 4 percent.  The integration of Sunset Life's operations into
the Kansas City home office in 1999 will  provide  additional  cost  savings and
unit cost improvements. These benefits will be fully realized beginning in 2000.

     The Company's  effective  Federal income tax rate was fairly constant at 29
percent  in 1996 and  1998,  and 28  percent  in  1997.  This  reduced  tax rate
reflected  investments in real estate ventures which generate affordable housing
tax credits.

     The following  comments  address the financial  performance  of each of the
Company's  four  reportable  operating  segments:  the Parent  Company,  divided
between  its  individual  and group  insurance  operations,  and each of its two
insurance  affiliates.  Refer  also  to  the  Segment  Information  Note  to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Kansas City Life - Individual

     Sales,  in terms of new annualized  premiums,  increased 41 percent in 1997
and 44 percent in 1998.  Variable  universal  life and annuities  generated this
growth and comprised  two-thirds of 1998 sales.  Assets  supporting the variable
products  equaled $143.0 million at year end 1998.  Sales of interest  sensitive
products,  which comprised one-third of total sales, decreased 4 percent in 1997
and were level in 1998. Total insurance  revenues,  including  renewal receipts,
increased by double-digit rates in 1997 and 1998.  However,  excluding the block
purchase, these revenues were level in 1997 and grew 14 percent in 1998.

     Mortality  experience for all life business  improved  slightly each of the
three years.  Mortality  margins for the interest  sensitive and variable lines,
combined,   improved  considerably  in  1997  and  declined  slightly  in  1998.
Investment  spreads on the interest  sensitive  products were maintained through
1997 but narrowed  somewhat in 1998.  Surrender  experience was fairly  constant
over the three  years for the  various  lines of  business  except for  flexible
annuities. These withdrawals continued to rise in line with industry experience.
Overall,  benefits  relative to operating  revenues  improved from 62 percent of
revenues in 1996 to 61 percent in 1997, and the ratio was unchanged in 1998.

     Due to the factors discussed above,  operating  earnings declined 2 percent
in 1997 but rose 13 percent in 1998 as Kansas  City Life's  individual  business
generated 68 percent of consolidated operating income.

Kansas City Life - Group

     Group  sales  declined 7 percent  in 1997 and 10 percent in 1998.  However,
sales gained momentum  leading into 1999. Much of the decline occurred in dental
as steps were taken to improve its claims  ratios.  Double-digit  growth in stop
loss sales the past two years partially  offset this decline.  The group segment
generated  9  percent  of  consolidated  sales in 1998.  Total  group  insurance
revenues,  including  renewal  premiums,  rose 26 percent in 1997 and declined 2
percent in 1998. The growth in 1997 resulted from dental and the purchase of two
blocks of  administrative  services only (ASO) business.  The purchases  doubled
ASO's annual  revenues to $4.7 million.  Overall,  group  provided 19 percent of
consolidated insurance revenues.

     Claims  ratios  were above  historical  norms the past  three  years due to
dental  in 1996 and 1997 and stop loss and  long-term  disability  in 1998.  The
dental claims ratio improved considerably in 1998.

     The group segment experienced  operating losses the past three years due to
the claims  experience  discussed above. The group segment is being analyzed and
actively managed in order to return it to profitability.

Sunset Life

     Sunset's sales declined 4 percent in 1997 but then rose 31 percent in 1998.
Flexible annuity sales rose 7 percent in 1997 and 28 percent in 1998.  Universal
life sales dipped in 1997 but then rebounded in 1998 to a slightly  higher level
than in 1996.  These  interest  sensitive  products  accounted for 91 percent of
Sunset's  sales.  Sunset  provided  one-eighth  of  consolidated  sales in 1998.
Including  renewal  receipts,  the  segment's  total  insurance  revenues rose 4
percent in 1997 and 2 percent in 1998,  and  equaled 10 percent of  consolidated
insurance revenues.

     Benefits,  as a percent of operating  revenues,  steadily  improved from 50
percent of revenues  in 1996 to 48 percent in 1998.  Universal  life  surrenders
remained  constant as a percent of  accumulated  values,  but  flexible  annuity
withdrawals increased steadily on this basis, in line with industry experience.

     Operating revenues,  which include investment earnings as well as insurance
receipts,  were largely unchanged over the three years.  Profit margins narrowed
in 1997 due to increased  amortization of deferred  acquisition  costs.  Margins
widened in 1998 reflecting  improved  benefits ratios and a 4 percent decline in
operating expenses. Therefore Sunset's operating earnings declined 12 percent in
1997  but rose 8  percent  in 1998.  The  segment  provided  22  percent  of the
consolidated  group's operating income.  Sunset's future earnings should benefit
from improved  efficiencies  due to the  integration of its operations  into the
Kansas City home office.

Old American

     New annualized premiums declined 5 percent and 23 percent in 1997 and 1998,
respectively.  Old  American  generates  sales  leads for its  agents.  However,
declining  response  rates in direct  mail  programs  in past years  resulted in
reductions in the sales force which contributed to the sales decline. Changes in
underwriting  requirements  discussed below also  negatively  impacted sales. In
order to reverse the recent sales trend, Old American is aggressively recruiting
new agents and seeks to  increase  its agent  sales force by 18 percent in 1999.
The  Company  provided 7 percent of  consolidated  sales.  The  segment's  total
insurance revenues,  including renewal premiums, were level in 1997 and declined
2 percent in 1998. Old American  generated 29 percent of consolidated  insurance
revenues.

     Benefits  rose from 62 percent of operating  revenues in 1996 to 64 percent
in 1997,  and then  returned to 62 percent in 1998.  Two steps taken during 1998
should benefit future claims  experience:  underwriting  policies and procedures
were  expanded  and the home  health  care  block was sold.  The sale had little
impact on 1998 earnings but reserve  strengthening  in the line lowered 1996 and
1997 pretax earnings a total of $4.1 million.

     Old American's  operating expenses declined both years and are considerably
below  expense  goals  established  when the  Company was  purchased.  Operating
revenues were level over the three-year period.  Profit margins narrowed in 1997
and then  widened  in 1998  due to the  claims  experience  noted  above.  Thus,
operating  earnings  equaled  $6.3  million in 1996,  dropped to $3.1 million in
1997, and then  recovered to $5.8 million in 1998. The segment  accounted for 13
percent of consolidated operating income.

Changes in Reporting Regulations

     Financial  Accounting Standard No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,"
requires all components of comprehensive income be displayed  prominently in the
financial  statements  as well as report  total  comprehensive  income  for each
period.  This  standard,  adopted in the first quarter of 1998, had no impact on
net earnings or stockholders'  equity and comparative  financial statements were
reclassified.

     The Company  adopted  Standard No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," at year end 1998. This standard establishes
requirements for annual and interim reporting of segment  information  including
products and services,  geographic  areas and major  customers.  The Company now
reports four segments rather than the one segment reported previously.

     Standard  No.  132,  "Employers'   Disclosures  about  Pensions  and  Other
Postretirement  Benefits,"  enhances  disclosure  requirements  from  previously
adopted  Standards No. 87 and 106.  Standard No. 132 had no financial impact and
was adopted at year end 1998.

     Standard No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments and for Hedging
Activities,"  provides  comprehensive,  consistent standards for the recognition
and measurement of derivatives and hedging  activities.  It is effective for our
fiscal year 2000 and it is being  evaluated to determine  whether it will affect
the Company.

Market and Interest Rate Risk Analysis

     The majority of the  investments  are debt  instruments  and are considered
fixed income  investments.  Thus, the primary market risk affecting  Kansas City
Life is interest rate risk.  Interest and dividend income represent the greatest
portion of most fixed income  investments' total return. As interest rates fall,
the interest and dividend streams of older,  higher-yielding  investments become
relatively  more valuable  than newer,  lower-yielding  securities  and thus the
market value of the higher-yielding  investments increases.  The opposite occurs
as rates rise.  The market  value of such  investments  is  therefore  inversely
proportional to interest rates.

     As  interest  rates  have  fallen,  Kansas  City  Life's  investments  have
generally  increased  in  value.  At year  end  1998,  the  market  value of the
marketable  securities  exceeded their book value $91.6  million.  Assuming that
changes  occur  equally  over the entire yield  curve,  it is  estimated  that a
100-basis-point  change in interest  rates would  translate  to a $70.2  million
change in market value, after tax, for the securities portfolio, or 3 percent of
its value. This represents 13 percent of stockholders'  equity. This sensitivity
reflects the portfolio's duration of 4.9 years.

                                                          There-   Total   Fair
                         1999   2000   2001   2002   2003 after  Principal Value
                                                      (millions)
Corporate bonds
 currently callable       $ 79      1      -      10     12      59    161   156
  Average interest rate   7.57%  9.34      -    8.14   7.36    7.32   7.49
Mortgage backed
  securities and CMO's      54     57     43      31     21      65    271   289
  Average interest rate   7.11%  7.18   6.97    7.18   7.20    7.21   7.14
All other securities       102    106     99     124    233   1 118  1 782 1 773
  Average interest rate   6.75%  7.16   6.97    7.10   7.19    7.56   7.38
Total                     $235    164    142     165    266   1 242  2 214 2 218

     The table above sets forth expected cash flows from principal repayments of
fixed maturity  investments in the form of maturities,  calls, sinking funds and
prepayments.

     Kansas City Life owns $86.9 million of foreign  bonds,  all  denominated in
U.S.  dollars,  and consequently is not exposed to direct foreign currency risk.
There is an indirect exposure to exchange markets to the extent that the issuers
of these securities can obtain dollars to fund their obligations.

     Investments  are  managed  using  an  asset  liability   matching  program.
Obligations to policyholders in terms of benefits payments  influence the nature
and structure of the portfolio.  The matching  program  attempts to match assets
and liabilities in terms of durations and yields.

     As interest  rates  rise,  policyholders  become  more likely to  surrender
policies  or to borrow  against  their  cash  values,  often to invest in higher
yielding opportunities elsewhere.  This may force the liquidation of part of the
portfolio  as the market  value of fixed income  investments  falls.  Due to the
strength of its normal cash flow, the Company  usually can adapt to small sudden
changes in interest rates, or even larger changes that occur over longer periods
of time. Extreme, sudden market volatility,  however, poses the greatest risk. A
number of steps have been taken to quantify and  mitigate  this risk under asset
liability matching.

     For liquidity,  the Company  maintains a number of short-term  credit lines
with  the  capacity  to  borrow  additional  capital,  and has  agreements  with
corresponding  investment banks to borrow, under reverse repurchase  agreements,
additional  funds in excess of $150.0  million.  Finally,  the Company is in the
process of obtaining additional borrowing capacity through the Federal Home Loan
Bank.  At year  end,  there  were no  outstanding  balances  under  any of these
agreements.

Y2K Readiness

     Kansas City Life is closely monitoring its ability, and that of its primary
vendors and business  partners,  to be fully  operational in the year 2000. This
assessment   extends  to  both   information   technology   (IT)   systems   and
non-information  technology systems. The Company has addressed 80 percent of its
IT issues and  expects to have these fully  resolved  and all  required  changes
implemented by mid-1999.  Non-IT systems are largely  compliant,  with one minor
system yet to be  converted  during 1999.  The Company  conducts  business  with
various third parties.  These parties will be monitored until full compliance is
achieved.  Contingency  plans are being developed and will be completed by early
1999. The incremental cost of the Company's compliance effort has been estimated
at less than  $700,000  thus far, and is not expected to be  significant  in the
future.  Forecasts of costs and compliance are necessarily  based upon estimates
and numerous assumptions of future events,  including  third-party  modification
and compliance  plans,  continued  availability  of resources and other factors.
While the Company feels these are valid  assumptions and estimates,  Kansas City
Life cannot be sure these estimates will be achieved or that the assumptions are
accurate, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Kansas City Life, as other life insurers,  provides  investment  capital to
our economy.  Given this role,  liquidity is generally of little  concern.  Cash
provided by operations  averaged $46.4 million a year over the past three years.
Over this same period the Company invested $2.1 billion, including proceeds from
sales and maturities of investments and net of cash received due to the purchase
of a block of  insurance  in 1997.  Investable  cash  generated  by the variable
products is generally  segregated in separate  accounts and is not available for
general  investing by the Company.  Borrowing was minor and undertaken solely to
support  investment  strategies.  Forward  investment  commitments were minor as
well. As noted previously,  cash flow testing and asset liability  matching were
performed to ensure future cash flows will be sufficient to meet future benefits
payments.

     Kansas City Life's  statutory  equity exceeds six times the minimum capital
required  to  support  its book of  business,  as  determined  by the risk based
capital  calculations and guidelines  established by the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(Thousands, except per share data)

                                   1998        1997         1996        1995          1994
<S>                           <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>

Revenues:
  Insurance                   $   259 559     244 695     219 593      205 458      203 827
  Investment income, net          198 181     193 696     186 743      188 087      173 388
  Other                            14 671       9 998       9 768        8 882        9 066

     Operating revenues       $   472 411     448 389     416 104      402 427      386 281
  Realized investment gains        11 426      14 505       3 013        4 950        6 060
                              $   483 837     462 894     419 117      407 377      392 341

Operating income              $    41 085      35 433      40 357       38 521       34 919
Realized investment gains, net      7 427       9 428       1 958        3 217        3 939
  Income before
    nonrecurring items        $    48 512      44 861      42 315       41 738       38 858
Nonrecurring expenses, net    $         -           -           -            -        1 481
  Net income                  $    48 512      44 861      42 315       41 738       37 377
Per common share:
  Operating income            $      6.63        5.72        6.52         6.24         5.68
  Realized investment gains, net     1.20        1.53         .32          .52          .64
  Income before
    nonrecurring items        $      7.83        7.25        6.84         6.76         6.32
  Nonrecurring expenses, net            -           -           -            -          .24
    Net income                $      7.83        7.25        6.84         6.76         6.08

  Cash dividends              $      1.80        1.76        1.68         1.63         1.40
  Stockholders' equity:
    As reported               $     93.15       85.68       74.79        73.99        55.78
    Excluding accumulated
      other comprehensive income    85.83       79.79       74.31        69.18        64.11

Assets                        $13 577 414   3 439 452   2 954 710    2 903 768    2 663 753
Net return on invested assets        7.20 %      7.40        7.68         8.03         7.71
Life insurance in force       $26 641 664  26 595 709  22 148 738   21 023 702   20 023 820

The above is not covered by the report of independent auditors.
Per common share earnings information represents both basic and diluted earnings
per common share.
</TABLE>




CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
(Thousands, except per share data)
                                             1998           1997         1996
REVENUE
Insurance revenues:
  Premiums:
    Life insurance                           $108 510     106 051      103 263
    Accident and health                        42 441      44 931       37 575
  Contract charges                            108 608      93 713       78 755
Investment revenues:
 Investment income, net                       198 181     193 696      186 743
  Realized investment gains, net               11 426      14 505        3 013
Other                                          14 671       9 998        9 768

     TOTAL REVENUES                           483 837     462 894      419 117

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
Policy benefits:
  Death benefits                              107 355     100 037       87 940
  Surrenders of life insurance                 19 368      14 999       15 488
  Other benefits                               72 190      71 338       65 437
  Increase in benefit and contract reserves    84 427      86 804       85 614
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs     36 201      35 712       30 086
Insurance operating expenses                   96 347      91 381       75 227

     TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES              415 888     400 271      359 792

Income before Federal income taxes             67 949      62 623       59 325

Federal income taxes:
  Current                                      20 471      15 073       26 073
  Deferred                                     (1 034)      2 689       (9 063)

                                               19 437      17 762       17 010

NET INCOME                                   $ 48 512      44 861       42 315


Basic and diluted earnings per share            $7.83        7.25         6.84

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                                           1998        1997
ASSETS
Investments:
  Fixed maturities:
    Available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost $2,012,975,000;
     $1,952,741,000 - 1997)                             $2 094 362   2 004 516
    Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $123,515,000;
     $151,495,000 - 1997)                                  115 504     145 661
   Equity securities available for sale, at fair value
     (cost $98,509,000; $107,034,000 - 1997)               100 749     114 986
  Mortgage loans on real estate, net                       315 705     270 054
  Real estate, net                                          43 840      36 764
  Real estate joint ventures                                39 388      43 347
  Policy loans                                             122 860     123 186
  Short-term                                                59 160      74 341
  Other                                                          -       7 500
     TOTAL INVESTMENTS                                   2 891 568   2 820 355
Cash                                                        16 763      50 927
Accrued investment income                                   42 515      42 385
Receivables, net                                            12 997      10 204
Property and equipment, net                                 22 436      23 628
Deferred acquisition costs                                 218 957     209 826
Value of purchased insurance in force                      104 331     108 458
Reinsurance assets                                         117 772      99 593
Other                                                        7 067      16 096
Separate account assets                                    143 008      57 980
                                                        $3 577 414   3 439 452

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Future policy benefits:
  Life insurance                                         $ 774 701     766 583
  Accident and health                                       47 641      37 155
Accumulated contract values                              1 731 262   1 755 133
Policy and contract claims                                  34 347      37 569
Other policyholders' funds:
  Dividend and coupon accumulations                         62 726      62 056
  Other                                                     75 033      68 861
Income taxes:
  Current                                                    4 582      16 113
  Deferred                                                  43 739      39 917
Other                                                       82 442      67 491
Separate account liabilities                               143 008      57 980
     TOTAL LIABILITIES                                   2 999 481   2 908 858
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $2.50 per share
    Authorized 18,000,000 shares, issued 9,248,340 shares   23 121      23 121
  Paid in capital                                           17 633      16 256
  Retained earnings                                        581 074     543 715
  Accumulated other comprehensive income                    45 466      36 448
  Less treasury stock, at cost (3,043,947 shares;
    3,055,275 shares - 1997)                               (89 361)    (88 946)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                 577 933     530 594
                                                        $3 577 414   3 439 452

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                    1998       1997       1996

COMMON STOCK, beginning and end of year           $ 23 121    23 121    23 121

PAID IN CAPITAL:
  Beginning of year                                 16 256    14 761    13 039
  Excess of proceeds over cost of treasury stock sold1 377     1 495     1 722

  End of year                                       17 633    16 256    14 761

RETAINED EARNINGS:
  Beginning of year                                543 715   509 748   477 826
  Net income                                        48 512    44 861    42 315
  Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized gains (losses) on securities         15 094    33 485   (26 777)
    Increase in unfunded pension liability          (6 076)        -         -
  Comprehensive income                              57 530    78 346    15 538
  Transfer other comprehensive (income) loss to
     accumulated other comprehensive income         (9 018)  (33 485)   26 777
  Stockholder dividends of $1.80 per share
     ($1.76 - 1997 and $1.68 - 1996)               (11 153)  (10 894)  (10 393)

  End of year                                      581 074   543 715   509 748

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
  Beginning of year                                 36 448     2 963    29 740
  Other comprehensive income (loss)                  9 018    33 485   (26 777)

  End of year                                       45 466    36 448     2 963

TREASURY STOCK, at cost:
  Beginning of year                                (88 946)  (87 729)  (86 599)
  Cost of 12,320 shares acquired
    (20,090 shares - 1997 and 27,876 shares - 1996) (1 063)   (1 440)   (1 501)
  Cost of 23,648 shares sold
    (23,686 shares - 1997 and 39,440 shares - 1996)    648       223       371

  End of year                                      (89 361)  (88 946)  (87 729)

    TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                    $577 933   530 594   462 864

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


                                                     1998      1997      1996
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income                                      $  48 512     44 861    42 315
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash from operating activities:
    Amortization of investment premium (discount),
    net                                             2 398     (1 290)   (4 071)
    Depreciation                                    5 153      5 379     4 995
    Policy acquisition costs capitalized          (46 011)   (42 170)  (38 639)
    Amortization of deferred acquisition costs     36 201     35 712    30 086
    Realized investment gains                     (11 426)   (14 505)   (3 013)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Future policy benefits                        25 855     16 227    15 831
     Accumulated contract values                  (12 264)    (9 933)    3 183
     Other policy liabilities                       6 842      7 137     5 294
     Income taxes payable and deferred            (11 399)     4 768    (8 322)
    Other, net                                       (718)    (3 685)    5 886

    NET CASH PROVIDED                              43 143     42 501    53 545

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of available for sale investments:
  Fixed maturities                               (644 087)  (855 980) (431 916)
  Equity securities                               (28 047)   (69 434)  (18 071)
Sales of fixed maturities available for sale      372 930    503 351   140 372
Maturities and principal paydowns
  of security investments:
    Fixed maturities available for sale           216 247    163 867   131 545
     Fixed maturities held to maturity             30 453    106 188    79 017
    Equity securities available for sale           28 043     31 473     8 899
Purchases of other investments                    (78 298)  (152 045)  (46 021)
Sales, maturities and principal
  paydowns of other investments                    60 500     67 295    64 833
Acquisitions and dispositions of insurance
  blocks - net cash received (paid)               (13 250)   213 092         -

    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)                      (55 509)     7 807   (71 342)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from borrowings                            1 100    245 050     1 650
Repayment of borrowings                            (1 100)  (245 050)   (1 650)
Policyowner contract deposits                     175 421    169 699   164 677
Withdrawals of policyowner contract deposits     (187 028)  (163 041) (142 114)
Cash dividends to stockholders                    (11 153)   (10 894)  (10 393)
Disposition of treasury stock, net                    962        278       592

    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)                      (21 798)    (3 958)   12 762

Increase (decrease) in cash                       (34 164)    46 350    (5 035)
Cash at beginning of year                          50 927      4 577     9 612

    CASH AT END OF YEAR                        $   16 763     50 927     4 577


See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables are generally stated in thousands, except per share data)

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization
Kansas City Life Insurance Company is a Missouri  domiciled stock life insurance
company which, with its affiliates, is licensed to sell insurance products in 49
states and the District of Columbia.  The Company offers a diversified portfolio
of individual insurance, annuity and group products distributed through numerous
general  agencies.  In recent years, the Company's new business  activities have
been concentrated in interest sensitive and variable products.

Basis of Presentation
The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared on the
basis of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP)  and  include  the
accounts of Kansas City Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, principally
Sunset  Life  Insurance  Company  of  America  (Sunset  Life)  and Old  American
Insurance  Company (Old American).  Significant  intercompany  transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain  reclassifications  have been made to
prior  year  results to  conform  with the  current  year's  presentation.  GAAP
requires  management  to make certain  estimates  and  assumptions  which affect
amounts  reported in the financial  statements and  accompanying  notes.  Actual
results could differ from these estimates.

Recognition of Revenues
Traditional  life insurance  products  include whole life  insurance,  term life
insurance and certain  annuities.  Premiums for these products are recognized as
revenues  when due.  Accident and health  insurance  premiums are  recognized as
revenues  over the  terms  of the  policies.  Revenues  for  universal  life and
flexible  annuity products are amounts assessed against contract values for cost
of insurance,  policy administration and surrenders,  as well as amortization of
deferred front-end contract charges.

Future Policy Benefits
For traditional  life insurance  products,  reserves have been computed by a net
level premium  method based upon  estimates at the time of issue for  investment
yields,  mortality and  withdrawals.  These  estimates  include  provisions  for
experience less favorable than actually  expected.  Investment yield assumptions
for new issues are graded  down and range from 5.00 to 7.00  percent.  Mortality
assumptions  are based on standard  mortality  tables.  The  1965-70  Select and
Ultimate Basic Table is used for business issued since 1977.

Reserves  and claim  liabilities  for  accident  and  health  insurance  include
estimated  unpaid claims and claims  incurred but not reported.  For traditional
life and  accident  and health  insurance,  benefits  and claims are  charged to
expense in the period incurred.

Liabilities  for  universal  life  and  flexible  annuity   products   represent
accumulated contract values,  without reduction for potential surrender charges,
and deferred front-end contract charges which are amortized over the term of the
policies.  Benefits and claims are charged to expense in the period incurred net
of related accumulated contract values.  Interest on accumulated contract values
is credited to contracts as earned. Crediting rates for universal life insurance
and flexible  annuity  products  ranged from 3.85 percent to 7.25 percent during
1998 (4.75 percent to 6.50 percent  during 1997 and 4.75 percent to 6.75 percent
during 1996).

Withdrawal assumptions for all products are based on corporate experience.

Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business,  principally  commissions,  certain  policy
issue and  underwriting  expenses  and certain  variable  agency  expenses,  are
deferred.  For  traditional  life  products,   deferred  acquisition  costs  are
amortized in proportion to premium  revenues over the  premium-paying  period of
related  policies,  using  assumptions  consistent  with those used in computing
benefit  reserves.  Acquisition  costs for universal  life and flexible  annuity
products are  amortized  over a period not  exceeding 30 years in  proportion to
estimated gross profits arising from interest spreads and mortality, expense and
surrender charges expected to be realized over the term of the contracts.

Value of Purchased Insurance in Force
The value of purchased insurance in force arising from the acquisition of a life
insurance  subsidiary and, in 1997, the acquisition of a life insurance block of
business is being  amortized in proportion to projected  future gross profits or
premium  revenues.  This  asset  was  increased  $76,533,000  in  1997  for  the
acquisition of a life insurance  block of business and $8,683,000  ($8,856,000 -
1997 and  $5,030,000  - 1996) for  accrual of interest  and reduced  $16,375,000
($14,962,000  - 1997 and $6,082,000 - 1996) for  amortization.  The increase for
accrual of interest was  calculated  using a 7.4 percent  interest  rate for the
life insurance  subsidiary  and, on the acquired  block, a 7.0 percent  interest
rate on the  traditional  life  portion and a 5.4 percent  rate on the  interest
sensitive  portion.  Through  1998,  total  accumulated  accrual of interest and
amortization equal $43,455,000 and $62,721,000,  respectively. The percentage of
the asset's current  carrying amount which will be amortized in each of the next
five years is 7.9 percent - 1999,  7.6 percent - 2000,  7.3 percent - 2001,  6.9
percent - 2002 and 6.3 percent - 2003.

Separate Accounts
These  accounts  arise from the sale of  variable  life  insurance  and  annuity
products.  Their assets are legally segregated and are not subject to the claims
which may  arise  from any other  business  of the  Company.  These  assets  are
reported at fair value since the underlying  investment risks are assumed by the
policyholders.  Therefore the related  liabilities are recorded at amounts equal
to the  underlying  assets.  Investment  income and gains or losses arising from
separate accounts accrue directly to the policyholders and are,  therefore,  not
included  in  investment  earnings  in  the  accompanying   consolidated  income
statement. Revenues to the Company from separate accounts consist principally of
contract  maintenance  charges,  administrative  fees  and  mortality  and  risk
charges.

Participating Policies
Participating  business at year end  approximates 16 percent of the consolidated
life  insurance  in force.  The  amount of  dividends  to be paid is  determined
annually by the Board of Directors. Provision has been made in the liability for
future policy benefits to allocate amounts to participating policyholders on the
basis of dividend  scales  contemplated  at the time the  policies  were issued.
Additional provisions have been made for policyholder dividends in excess of the
original scale which have been declared by the Board of Directors.

Investments
Securities  held to  maturity  and  short-term  investments  are  stated at cost
adjusted  for  amortization  of  premium  and  accrual of  discount.  Securities
available  for sale are  stated at fair  value.  Unrealized  gains and losses on
securities  available for sale are reduced by deferred  income taxes and related
adjustments in deferred acquisition costs, and are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income.

Mortgage  loans are stated at cost  adjusted  for  amortization  of premium  and
accrual of discount  less an allowance  for  possible  losses.  Foreclosed  real
estate  is  stated  at fair  value  at the  date of  foreclosure  (cost)  or net
realizable value,  whichever is lower. Other real estate investments are carried
at depreciated  cost. Real estate joint ventures are valued at cost adjusted for
the Company's equity in earnings since acquisition.  Policy loans are carried at
cost  less  payments  received.  Realized  gains  and  losses  on  disposals  of
investments,  determined by the specific  identification method, are included in
investment revenues.

Federal Income Taxes
Income taxes have been provided using the liability  method.  Under that method,
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  determined  based on the  differences
between their financial reporting and their tax bases and are measured using the
enacted tax rates.

Income Per Share
Due to the Company's capital  structure and lack of other  potentially  dilutive
securities, there is no difference between basic and diluted earnings per common
share for any of the years or periods  reported.  The weighted average number of
shares outstanding during the year was 6,197,052 shares (6,190,793 shares - 1997
and 6,188,489 shares - 1996).

Statutory Information and
  Stockholder Dividends Restriction
The Company's earnings, unassigned surplus (retained earnings) and stockholders'
equity, on the statutory basis used to report to regulatory authorities, follow.

                                          1998       1997      1996
Net gain (loss) from operations
    for the year                        $ 35 185   (21 214)    27 345

Net income (loss) for the year            36 152   (18 681)    25 574

Unassigned surplus
    at December 31                       257 853   246 717    284 417

Stockholders' equity
    at December 31                       209 246   197 147    234 570

The  statutory  loss reported in 1997 arose from the  acquisition  of a block of
business  as  discussed  in a  following  Note.  In  accordance  with  statutory
accounting  guidelines for coinsurance  transactions,  the  acquisition  reduced
statutory  earnings and  stockholders'  equity at the date of acquisition  $51.4
million, the purchase price paid less related tax benefits.

Stockholder dividends may not exceed statutory unassigned surplus. Additionally,
under  Missouri  law, the Company  must have the prior  approval of the Missouri
Director  of  Insurance  in order to pay a  dividend  exceeding  the  greater of
statutory  net gain from  operations  for the  preceding  year or 10  percent of
statutory  stockholders'  equity at the end of the preceding  year.  The maximum
payable in 1999 without  prior  approval is  $35,185,000.  The Company  believes
these  statutory  limitations  impose no practical  restrictions on its dividend
payment plans.

The  Company  is  required  to  deposit a defined  amount of assets  with  state
regulatory  authorities.   Such  assets  had  an  aggregate  carrying  value  of
$18,000,000 ($36,000,000 - 1997 and $36,000,000 - 1996).

Comprehensive Income
As of January 1, 1998, the Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standard No.
130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income." This standard governs the reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income and its components;  however,  the adoption of
this new standard had no impact on net income or stockholders' equity.  Standard
No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale and
unfunded pension  liabilities,  which prior to adoption were reported separately
in stockholders'  equity, to be included in other comprehensive income, as shown
below. Prior year financial  statements have been reclassified to conform to the
requirements of this standard.

                                           Unrealized
                                             Gains on        Unfunded
                                          Available-for-      Pension
                                          Sale Securities    Liability    Total

1998:
Unrealized holding gains
  arising during the year                     $33 261                    33 261
Less:  Realized gains included
            in net income                       9 360                     9 360
Net unrealized gains                           23 901                    23 901
Increase in unfunded
  pension liability                                 -        (9 348)     (9 348)
Effect on deferred
  acquisition costs                              (680)                     (680)
Deferred income taxes                          (8 127)        3 272      (4 855)
Other comprehensive income                    $15 094        (6 076)      9 018

1997:
Unrealized holding gains
  arising during the year                     $63 486                    63 486
Less:  Realized gains included
            in net income                       8 318                     8 318
Net unrealized gains                           55 168                    55 168
Effect on deferred
  acquisition costs                            (3 652)                   (3 652)
Deferred income taxes                         (18 031)                  (18 031)
Other comprehensive income                    $33 485                    33 485


INVESTMENTS

Investment Revenues
Major categories of investment revenues are summarized as follows.

                                               1998         1997          1996
Investment income:
    Fixed maturities                         $154 213       154 393     150 421
    Equity securities                           6 583         7 288       5 503
    Mortgage loans                             26 024        23 984      23 127
    Real estate                                 9 587        10 350      13 237
    Policy loans                                8 098         7 296       6 372
    Short-term                                  4 832         3 612       2 353
    Other                                       3 948         3 132       2 222
                                              213 285       210 055     203 235
Less investment expenses                      (15 104)      (16 359)    (16 492)

                                             $198 181       193 696     186 743


                                               1998          1997         1996

Realized gains (losses):
    Fixed maturities                        $   8 052         4 778      (1 862)
    Equity securities                           1 360         3 702         961
    Mortgage loans                                  -             -       2 000
    Real estate                                 2 014         6 025       1 894
    Other                                           -             -          20
                                            $  11 426        14 505       3 013

Unrealized Gains and Losses
Unrealized gains (losses) on the Company's securities follow.

                                               1998          1997         1996

Available for sale:
  End of year                               $  83 627        59 726       4 558
  Effect on deferred
    acquisition costs                         (4 332)        (3 652)          -
  Deferred income taxes                      (27 753)       (19 626)     (1 595)

                                            $ 51 542         36 448       2 963
  Increase (decrease) in net unrealized gains during the year:
      Fixed maturities                      $ 18 701         33 209     (26 216)
      Equity securities                       (3 607)           276        (561)

                                            $ 15 094         33 485     (26 777)
Held to maturity:
  End of year                               $  8 011          5 834       7 609

  Increase (decrease) in
    net unrealized gains
    during the year                         $  2 177         (1 775)    (11 908)

Securities

The amortized  cost and fair value of  investments in securities at December 31,
1998, follow.


                                          Gross
                          Amortized     Unrealized       Fair
                             Cost     Gains   Losses     Value
Available for sale:
U.S.government bonds     $   45 079    1 747     381     46 445
Public utility bonds        294 016   15 850   1 946    307 920
Corporate bonds           1 321 368   66 176  13 151  1 374 393
Mortgage-backed bonds       278 657   10 942     618    288 981
Other bonds                  70 224    3 216     441     72 999
Redeemable preferred
  stocks                      3 631      121     128      3 624

Total fixed maturities    2 012 975   98 052  16 665  2 094 362
Equity securities            98 509    6 184   3 944    100 749

                         $2 111 484  104 236  20 609  2 195 111

Held to maturity:
Public utility bonds     $   25 325    1 934       7     27 252
Corporate bonds              87 302    6 267     511     93 058
Other bonds                   2 877      328       -      3 205

                            115 504    8 529     518    123 515

                         $2 226 988  112 765  21 127  2 318 626


The amortized  cost and fair value of  investments in securities at December 31,
1997, follow.


                                         Gross
                        Amortized      Unrealized        Fair
                        Cost           Gains   Losses    Value
Available for sale:
U.S. government bonds    $  135 182    3 166    297    138 051
Public utility bonds        281 781    6 956    662    288 075
Corporate bonds           1 130 938   34 827  3 315  1 162 450
Mortgage-backed bonds       315 621    9 416    375    324 662
Other bonds                  81 469    2 260    425     83 304
Redeemable preferred
  stocks                      7 750      261     38      7 974

Total fixed maturities    1 952 741   56 886  5 112  2 004 516
Equity securities           107 034    8 709    757    114 986

                          2 059 775   65 595  5 869  2 119 502

Held to maturity:
Public utility bonds     $   50 291    2 494     56     52 729
Corporate bonds              92 350    3 727    641     95 436
Other bonds                   3 020      310      -      3 330

                            145 661    6 531    697    151 495

                         $2 205 436   72 126  6 566  2 270 997


The Company holds one  non-income  producing  fixed maturity with a par value of
$5,000,000.

The  distribution of the fixed maturity  securities'  contractual  maturities at
December 31, 1998, follows.  However,  expected maturities may differ from these
contractual  maturities  since  borrowers  may have the  right to call or prepay
obligations.

                                                    Amortized         Fair
                                                       Cost          Value
Available for sale:
Due in one year or less                              $   63 900      64 657
Due after one year through five years                   450 887     461 883
Due after five years through ten years                  471 322     487 598
Due after ten years                                     748 209     791 243
Mortgage-backed bonds                                   278 657     288 981

                                                     $2 012 975   2 094 362

Held to maturity:
Due in one year or less                              $    8 528       8 700
Due after one year through five years                    50 820      53 615
Due after five years through ten years                   36 202      39 556
Due after ten years                                      19 954      21 644

                                                     $  115 504     123 515

Sales  of  investments  in  securities  available  for  sale,  excluding  normal
maturities and calls, follow.

                                               1998       1997      1996

Proceeds                                    $422 241    509 502    141 335
Gross realized gains                          12 512     11 597      1 400
Gross realized losses                          5 234      2 349      1 420


At December 31, 1998, the Company did not hold securities of any corporation and
its affiliates which exceeded 10 percent of stockholders' equity.

Kansas City Life employs no derivative financial instruments.

The Company  maintains a $60  million  bank line of credit  which may be used to
support  investment  strategies.  This line is unused at December 31, 1998,  and
will expire in April 1999.

Mortgage Loans
The Company  holds  non-income  producing  mortgage  loans  equaling  $1,004,000
($327,000 - 1997).  Mortgage  loans are  carried  net of a valuation  reserve of
$8,500,000 ($8,500,000 - 1997).

At  December  31,  1998  and  1997,   the  mortgage   portfolio  is  diversified
geographically and by property type as follows.

                                           1998                      1997
                                    Carrying    Fair         Carrying    Fair
                                    Amount      Value        Amount      Value
Geographic region:
  East north central             $ 31 068      32 373         26 937    27 421
  Mountain                         67 530      71 397         64 602    66 321
  Pacific                         106 982     112 461         91 963    94 366
  West south central               33 044      34 813         32 997    33 961
  West north central               69 594      73 157         55 320    56 485
  Other                            15 987      16 718          6 735     7 017
  Valuation reserve                (8 500)     (8 500)        (8 500)   (8 500)
                                 $315 705     332 419        270 054   277 071
 Property type:
   Industrial                    $209 752     220 474        170 199   174 278
   Retail                          22 847      24 301         29 532    30 531
   Office                          74 633      78 291         58 658    60 267
   Other                           16 973      17 853         20 165    20 495
   Valuation reserve               (8 500)     (8 500)        (8 500)   (8 500)
                                 $315 705     332 419        270 054   277 071

As of December 31,  1998,  the Company has  commitments  which expire in 1999 to
originate mortgage loans of $13,982,000.

Mortgage loans foreclosed upon and transferred to real estate investments during
the year equaled $1,181,000 ($3,189,000 - 1997 and $2,977,000 - 1996).

Mortgage  loans  acquired  in the sale of real  estate  assets  during  the year
totaled $2,025,000 ($4,299,000 - 1997 and $6,579,000 - 1996).

Real Estate
Detail concerning the Company's real estate investments follows.


                                                  1998            1997
Penntower office building, at cost:
    Land                                        $  1 106         1 106
    Building                                      18 244        18 068
    Less accumulated depreciation                (10 340)       (9 809)
Foreclosed real estate, at lower of
    cost or net realizable value                  10 946        13 362
Other investment properties, at cost:
    Land                                           4 493         3 214
    Buildings                                     32 848        24 216
    Less accumulated depreciation                (13 457)      (13 393)

                                                $ 43 840        36 764

Investment real estate,  other than foreclosed  properties,  is depreciated on a
straight-line basis.  Penntower office building is depreciated over 60 years and
all other properties from 10 to 35 years.  Foreclosed real estate is carried net
of a  valuation  allowance  of  $2,877,000  ($3,686,000  - 1997) to reflect  net
realizable value.

The Company held non-income  producing real estate equaling $6,099,000 ($820,000
- - 1997).


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

                                                  1998       1997

Land                                          $  1 029       1 029
Home office buildings                           22 995      23 149
Furniture and equipment                         30 238      27 502

                                                54 262      51 680
Less accumulated depreciation                  (31 826)    (28 052)

                                               $22 436      23 628

Property  and   equipment  are  stated  at  cost  and   depreciated   using  the
straight-line  method. Home office buildings are depreciated over 25 to 50 years
and furniture and equipment over 3 to 10 years, their estimated useful lives.


PENSIONS AND OTHER
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The  Company  has  pension  and  other  postretirement  benefit  plans  covering
substantially  all its  employees.  The  defined  benefits  pension  plan covers
employees  who were age 55 or over with at least 15 years of vested  service  at
December  31, 1997.  This plan's  benefits are based on years of service and the
employee's  compensation  during  the last five years of  employment.  All other
employees have a cash balance account consisting of credits to the account based
upon an employee's  years of service and  compensation,  and interest credits of
7.00 percent for 1998.  As disclosed  in the tables at right,  the  amendment to
change the plan to a cash balance plan in 1998  decreased the projected  benefit
obligation  $10,038,000.  The  postretirement  medical plans for the  employees,
full-time  agents,  and their  dependents are  contributory  with  contributions
adjusted annually. The Company pays these medical costs as incurred and the plan
incorporates  cost-sharing  features.  The postretirement life insurance plan is
noncontributory  with level  annual  payments  over the  participants'  expected
service periods.  The plan covers only those employees with at least one year of
service as of December 31, 1997.  The benefits in this plan are frozen using the
employees' years of service and compensation as of December 31, 1997. The tables
at right  outline the plans'  funded  status and their  impact on the  Company's
financial statements.

                                           Pension Benefits       Other Benefits
                                          1998      1997         1998      1997

Accumulated benefit obligation          $107 488   102 846        -          -

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at
  beginning of year                     $ 95 899    85 241      1 634    1 501
Return on plan assets                     10 988     9 752         86       83
Company contributions                      3 000     4 967          -      104
Benefits paid                             (7 018)   (4 061)      (106)     (54)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year$102 869    95 899      1 614    1 634

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $119 651   100 572     15 485   13 379
Service cost                               2 746     3 150        615      560
Interest cost                              7 650     7 823      1 193    1 014
Plan amendments                          (10 038)        -          -        -
Net loss from past experience                637    12 276      1 991    1 083
Benefits paid                            (10 099)   (4 170)      (476)    (551)

  Benefit obligation at end of year     $110 547   119 651     18 808   15 485

Plan underfunding                       $ (7 678)  (23 752)   (17 194) (13 851)
Unrecognized net loss                     22 488    25 452      3 653    1 734
Unrecognized prior service cost           (9 257)       12          -        -
Unrecognized net transition asset           (824)   (1 030)         -        -

  Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost        $  4 729       682    (13 541) (12 117)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost          $  4 729       682    (13 541) (12 117)
Minimum pension liability                 (9 348)        -          -        -

  Net amount recognized                 $ (4 619)      682    (13 541) (12 117)

Weighted average assumptions:
Discount rate                               7.00%     7.25       7.00     7.25
Expected return on plan assets              9.00      9.00       5.50     5.50
Rate of compensation increase               4.50      4.50          -        -



The assumed  growth rate of health  care costs has a  significant  effect on the
amounts reported as the table below demonstrates.

                                               One Percentage Point
                                             Change in the Growth Rate
                                              Increase        Decrease

Service and interest cost components           $  401       (326)
Postretirement benefit obligation               3 172     (2 684)


The components of the net periodic benefits cost follow.
                                   Pension Benefits           Other Benefits
                                   1998    1997    1996     1998    1997   1996

Service cost                  $    2 746   3 150   3 369     615     560    536
Interest cost                      7 650   7 823   6 647   1 194   1 014    869
Expected return on plan assets    (8 539) (7 776) (7 557)    (90)    (85)   (75)
Amortization of:
  Unrecognized net (gain) loss     1 152     582     263      76      (5)     -
  Unrecognized prior service cost   (769)      2       2       -       -      -
  Unrecognized net transition asset (206)   (206)   (206)      -       -      -

Net periodic benefits cost       $ 2 034   3 575   2 518   1 795   1 484  1 330


Non-contributory  defined  contribution  retirement plans for general agents and
eligible  sales agents  provide  supplemental  payments based upon earned agency
first-year individual life and annuity commissions. Contributions to these plans
were $134,000 ($133,000 - 1997 and $174,000 - 1996). A non-contributory deferred
compensation plan for eligible agents based upon earned  first-year  commissions
is also offered.  Contributions to this plan were $724,000  ($265,000 - 1997 and
$318,000 - 1996).

Savings plans for eligible employees and agents match employee  contributions up
to 6 percent of salary and agent  contributions  up to 2.5 percent of prior year
paid commissions.  Contributions to the plan were $1,485,000  ($2,102,000 - 1997
and  $2,082,000  - 1996).  Effective  in 1998,  the  Company may  contribute  an
additional  profit  sharing  amount up to 4 percent  of  salary  depending  upon
corporate profits. No profit sharing contribution was made in 1998.

A non-contributory  trusteed employee stock ownership plan covers  substantially
all salaried employees. The Company has made no contributions to this plan since
1992.


SEGMENT INFORMATION

                                  Kansas City Life       Sunset   Old
                                  Individual   Group    Life    American   Total
1998:
Revenues from external customers   $  112 898  52 537   28 794  80 001   274 230
Investment revenues                   151 045   1 146   32 040  13 950   198 181
Segment income (loss)                  27 918    (985)   8 954   5 198    41 085
Other significant noncash items:
  Increase in policy reserves          57 581     535   16 269  10 042    84 427
  Amortization of deferred
    acquisition costs                  16 861       -    8 323  11 017    36 201
  Amortization of the value of
    purchased insurance in force        4 660       -        -   2 925     7 585
Income tax expense                     12 997    (422)   4 314   2 548    19 437

Segment assets                      2 627 568  16 215  538 254 395 377 3 577 414
Expenditures for other long-lived assets2 658     259       97      69     3 083


1997:
Revenues from external customers   $   90 759  53 698   28 269  81 967   254 693
Investment revenues                   147 125   1 216   32 288  13 067   193 696
Segment income (loss)                  24 704    (493)   8 259   2 963    35 433
Other significant noncash items:
  Increase in policy reserves          55 924     202   16 768  13 910    86 804
  Amortization of deferred
    acquisition costs                  15 138       -    8 026  12 548    35 712
  Amortization of the value of
    purchased insurance in force        2 211       -        -   2 683     4 894
Income tax expense                     12 735    (212)   3 904   1 335    17 762

Segment assets                      2 533 546  16 828  517 423 371 655 3 439 452
Expenditures for other long-lived assets2 326     473       60      13     2 872


1996:
Revenues from external customers   $   77 861  42 547   27 260  81 693   229 361
Investment revenues                   141 333   1 215   32 483  11 712   186 743
Segment income (loss)                  25 330    (806)   9 440   6 395    40 359
Other significant noncash items:
  Increase in policy reserves          51 670     678   17 819  15 447    85 614
  Amortization of deferred
    acquisition costs                  14 618       -    6 292   9 176    30 086
  Amortization of the value of
    purchased insurance in force            -       -        -     946       946
Income tax expense                     10 330    (434)   3 903   3 211    17 010

Expenditures for other long-lived assets  175     148      171      33       527

Enterprise-Wide Disclosures
                                                       1998        1997    1996
Revenues from external customers by line of business:
  Variable life insurance and annuities             $  6 928     2 062       312
  Interest sensitive products                        101 680    91 651    78 443
  Traditional individual insurance products          103 171   101 332   100 298
  Group life and disability products                  47 780    49 650    40 540
  Group ASO services                                   4 716     4 048     2 007
  Other                                                9 955     5 950     7 761
      Total                                         $274 230   254 693   229 361


In 1998 the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 131,  "Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise  and Related  Information."  Company  operations
have been classified and summarized  into the four reportable  segments at left.
The segments,  while generally  classified  along Company lines,  are based upon
distribution method, product portfolio and target market. The Parent Company was
divided into two segments.  The Kansas City Life-Individual  segment consists of
sales  of  variable  life  and  annuities,   interest   sensitive  products  and
traditional life insurance  products by a career general agency sales force. The
block acquired in 1997 is included in this segment.  The Kansas City  Life-Group
segment   consists  of  sales  of  group  life  and   disability   products  and
administrative  services only (ASO) by the Company's career general agency sales
force and appointed group agents.  The Sunset Life segment  consists of sales of
interest  sensitive  and  traditional  products  by personal  producing  general
agents.  The Old American  segment markets whole life final expense  products to
seniors through a general agency sales force.

Separate  investment  portfolios  are  maintained  for  each  of the  companies.
However,  investments  are  allocated to the group  segment  based upon its cash
flows and its investment revenue is modeled using the year of investment method.
Operating  expenses  are  allocated  to the segments  based upon  internal  cost
studies which are  consistent  with industry cost  methodologies.  The totals at
left agree to the consolidated  financial statements.  Intersegment revenues are
not material and there is no interest  expense.  The Company  operates solely in
the United States and no individual  customer accounts for 10 percent or more of
the Company's revenue.

REINSURANCE

                                               1998       1997     1996

Life insurance in force (in millions):
    Direct                                  $ 23 261    22 800    22 121
    Ceded                                     (4 488)   (3 375)   (2 742)
    Assumed                                    3 380     3 796        28

        Net                                 $ 22 153    23 221    19 407

Premiums:
Life insurance:
    Direct                                  $128 584   128 491   127 150
    Ceded                                    (26 748)  (26 262)  (24 380)
    Assumed                                    6 674     3 822       493

        Net                                 $108 510   106 051   103 263

Accident and health:
    Direct                                  $ 54 022    55 022    48 694
    Ceded                                    (11 581)  (10 091)  (11 370)
    Assumed                                        -         -       251

        Net                                 $ 42 441    44 931    37 575


Contract charges arise generally from directly issued business. However contract
charges  also arise from a block of business  assumed  during 1997 as  described
below.  Ceded  benefit  recoveries  were  $57,048,000  ($39,483,000  - 1997  and
$37,829,000 - 1996).

Old American has two coinsurance  agreements.  One agreement  reinsures  certain
whole life  policies  issued by Old  American  prior to December 1, 1986.  As of
December 31, 1998, these policies had a face value of $125,017,000.  The reserve
for  future  policy   benefits  ceded  under  this  agreement  was   $49,041,000
($51,003,000 - 1997). The other agreement,  entered into in 1998,  reinsures the
home health care policies.

In 1997,  the  Company  acquired  a block  of  traditional  life  and  universal
life-type  products.  At December 31,  1998,  the block had $3.4 billion of life
insurance in force ($3.8 billion - 1997).  During 1998, the block generated life
insurance premiums of $6,656,000 ($3,096,000 - 1997).

The maximum  retention on any one life is $350,000  for ordinary  life plans and
$100,000  for group  coverage.  A  contingent  liability  exists with respect to
reinsurance,  which may become a liability of the Company in the unlikely  event
that  the  reinsurers  should  be  unable  to  meet  obligations  assumed  under
reinsurance contracts.

FAIR VALUE OF
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


The  carrying  amounts  for cash,  short-term  investments  and policy  loans as
reported in the accompanying  balance sheet approximate  their fair values.  The
fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices,  where  available.
For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values
obtained  from  independent   pricing  services  or,  in  the  case  of  private
placements,  are  estimated by  discounting  expected  future cash flows using a
current market rate applicable to the yield,  credit quality and maturity of the
investments.  Fair values for mortgage loans are based upon discounted cash flow
analyses using an interest rate  assumption 2 percent above the comparable  U.S.
Treasury rate.

Fair  values  for the  Company's  liabilities  under  investment-type  insurance
contracts,  included with accumulated contract values for flexible annuities and
with  other  policyholder   funds  for  supplementary   contracts  without  life
contingencies, are estimated to be their cash surrender values.

Fair  values  for  the  Company's  insurance  contracts  other  than  investment
contracts  are not  required  to be  disclosed.  However,  the  fair  values  of
liabilities  under all insurance  contracts are taken into  consideration in the
Company's overall  management of interest rate risk, which minimizes exposure to
changing  interest  rates  through the matching of  investment  maturities  with
amounts due under insurance contracts.

The carrying amounts and fair values of the financial instruments follow.

                                           1998                     1997
                                Carrying        Fair       Carrying      Fair
                                 Amount        Value        Amount       Value
Investments:
  Securities available
    for sale                   $2 195 111   2 195 111    2 119 502   2 119 502
  Securities held
    to maturity                   115 504     123 515      145 661     151 495
  Mortgage loans                  315 705     332 419      270 054     277 071
Liabilities:
  Individual and
    group annuities              $793 068     767 537      830 495     802 461
  Supplementary
    contracts without
    life contingencies             21 899      21 899       21 526      21 526

The Investments Note provides further details regarding the investments above.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

A  reconciliation  of the  Federal  income  tax  rate  and the  actual  tax rate
experienced is shown below.

                                                  1998      1997     1996

Federal income tax rate                             35 %    35      35
Special tax credits                                 (6)     (6)     (5)
Other permanent differences                          -      (1)     (1)

Actual income tax rate                              29 %    28      29


The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below.

                                                    1998          1997
Deferred tax assets:
  Future policy benefits                          $ 51 205       53 923
  Employee retirement benefits                      18 271       13 104
  Other                                              3 036        2 882
Gross deferred tax assets                           72 512       69 909

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Capitalization of policy acquisition
    costs, net of amortization                      42 487       40 844
  Basis differences between tax and
    GAAP accounting for investments                 35 104       28 080
  Property and equipment, net                        1 792        1 704
  Value of insurance in force                       36 070       36 551
  Other                                                798        2 647
Gross deferred tax liabilities                     116 251      109 826

  Net deferred tax liability                      $ 43 739       39 917

Federal income taxes paid for the year were $20,164,000  ($14,335,000 - 1997 and
$25,332,000 - 1996).

Policyholders' surplus, which is frozen under the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984,
is $40,500,000 for Kansas City Life,  $2,800,000 for Sunset Life and $13,700,000
for Old American.  The Companies do not plan to distribute their  policyholders'
surplus.  Consequently,  the possibility of such surplus becoming subject to tax
is remote, and no provision has been made in the financial  statements for taxes
thereon.  Should the balance in policyholders'  surplus become taxable,  the tax
computed at current rates would approximate $20,000,000.

Income taxed on a current basis is  accumulated in  "shareholders'  surplus" and
can be distributed to stockholders  without tax to the Company.  At December 31,
1998,  this  shareholders'  surplus  was  $373,841,000  for  Kansas  City  Life,
$80,914,000 for Sunset Life and $49,116,000 for Old American.

QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED
   FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)

                                  First       Second      Third       Fourth
1998:
Total revenues                  $117 651     124 846     125 706    115 634

Operating income                $  8 098      11 492      12 930      8 565
Realized gains, net                1 643       1 582       2 679      1 523

Net income                      $  9 741      13 074      15 609     10 088

Per common share:
  Operating income              $   1.31        1.85        2.09       1.38
  Realized gains, net                .26         .26         .43        .25

Net income                      $   1.57        2.11        2.52       1.63

1997:
Total revenues                  $108 379     108 836     124 932    120 747

Operating income                $ 10 299       8 548       7 639      8 946
Realized gains net                 1 835         957       4 119      2 517

Net income                      $ 12 134       9 505      11 758     11 463

Per common share:
  Operating income              $   1.66        1.39        1.23       1.44
  Realized gains net                 .30         .15         .67        .41

   Net income                   $   1.96        1.54        1.90       1.85


CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are defendants in lawsuits involving
claims and disputes with  policyholders that may include claims seeking punitive
damages.  Some of these lawsuits  arise in  jurisdictions  that permit  punitive
damages  disproportionate to the actual damages alleged.  Although no assurances
can be given and no determinations can be made at this time as to the outcome of
any particular lawsuit or proceeding,  the Company and its subsidiaries  believe
that there are  meritorious  defenses  for these claims and are  defending  them
vigorously.  Management believes that the amounts that would ultimately be paid,
if any, would have no material effect on the Company's  consolidated  results of
operations and financial position.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

The Board  authorized a two-for-one  stock split in January 1999.  However,  the
stock split must be  approved by the  stockholders  at their  annual  meeting on
April 22, 1999.


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT

To Our Stockholders

     Management prepared the preceding consolidated financial statements and all
other  financial  information  included in this Annual Report and is responsible
for its integrity,  consistency and objectivity.  In preparing these statements,
management  necessarily  made  certain  estimates  and  judgments  and  selected
accounting   principles  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles appropriate in the circumstances.
     The  Company  maintains  a  system  of  internal  accounting  controls  and
procedures to provide  reasonable  assurance,  at an appropriate  cost, that its
assets are protected and that its financial transactions are properly authorized
and  recorded.  Qualified  personnel in the Company  maintain and monitor  these
internal controls on an ongoing basis.
     The Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors,  composed solely of outside
directors,  meets  annually  and, as required,  with the  independent  auditors,
management and the internal  auditors.  Each has free and separate access to the
committee.  The committee reviews audit procedures,  scope and findings, and the
adequacy of the Company's financial reporting.
     The  independent  auditors,  Ernst & Young LLP, are elected by the Board of
Directors to audit the financial statements and render an opinion thereon.


                                                /s/Richard L. Finn
                                                Richard L. Finn
                                                Senior Vice President, Finance


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Kansas City Life Insurance Company

     We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheet of Kansas City
Life  Insurance  Company (the Company) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1998.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Kansas  City Life  Insurance  Company at  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  and the
consolidated  results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended  December  31,  1998,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.



                                             /s/Ernst & Young LLP
                                             Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
January 25, 1999



STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
     Kansas City Life Insurance Company
     3520 Broadway
     Post Office Box 419139
     Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6139
     Telephone:  (816) 753-7000
     Fax: (816) 753-4902
     Internet: http://www.kclife.com
     E-Mail: Kclife @ Kclife.com


NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING
     The annual meeting of stockholders will be held at 9 a.m.  Thursday,  April
22, 1999, at Kansas City Life's corporate headquarters.


TRANSFER AGENT
     Cheryl Keefer, Assistant Secretary
     Kansas City Life Insurance Company
     Post Office Box 419139
     Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6139


10-K REQUEST
     Stockholders  may request a free copy of Kansas  City Life's Form 10-K,  as
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, by writing to Secretary,
     Kansas City Life Insurance Company.


SECURITY HOLDERS
     As of February 8, 1999,  Kansas City Life had  approximately  738  security
     holders, including individual participants in security position listings.


STOCK AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
        Stock Quotation Symbol
       Over-the-Counter--KCLI

                              Bid                  Dividend
                              High       Low         Paid
                                      (per share)
     1998:
     First Quarter           $97.50     82.00        $ .45
     Second Quarter           94.88     83.25          .45
     Third Quarter            95.50     69.00          .45
     Fourth Quarter           85.50     78.00          .45
                                                     $1.80

     1997:
     First Quarter           $68.25     63.50        $ .44
     Second Quarter           79.75     66.00          .44
     Third Quarter            84.00     74.00          .44
     Fourth Quarter           96.50     80.25          .44
                                                     $1.76

     A quarterly dividend of $.48 per share was paid February 22, 1999.

     Over-the-counter  market  quotations  are  compiled  according  to  Company
     records and may reflect  inter-dealer prices,  without markup,  markdown or
     commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.



                                                  Exhibit 21, Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company




                                    SUBSIDIARIES


         Kansas City Life Insurance Company's significant insurance
         subsidiaries are:

         1.  Sunset Life Insurance Company of America, a corporation
             organized under the laws of the State of Washington.

         2.  Old American Insurance Company, a corporation organized
             under the laws of the State of Missouri.

         The Company's non-insurance subsidiaries are not significant
         individually or in the aggregate.




                                                  Exhibit 23 (a), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company

                        Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Kansas City Life Insurance  Company (the Company) of our report dated January
25, 1999 included in the 1998 Annual Report to  Shareholders of Kansas City Life
Insurance Company.

Our audits also included the financial  statement  schedules of Kansas City Life
Insurance Company listed in Item 14(a).  These schedules are the  responsibility
of the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based
on our audits. In our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedules  referred to
above, when considered in relation to the basic financial  statements taken as a
whole,  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  information set forth
therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-8 No.  2-97351)  pertaining  to the Savings and Profit  Sharing  Plan of
Kansas City Life  Insurance  Company of our report  dated  January 25, 1999 with
respect to the consolidated  financial statements  incorporated by reference and
schedules of Kansas City Life  Insurance  Company  included in the Annual Report
(Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1998.


                                             /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
March 26, 1999












                                                  Exhibit 23(b), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company

                        Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8 No.  2-97351)  pertaining  to the Savings and Profit  Sharing Plan of Kansas
City Life  Insurance  Company of our report dated February 24, 1999 with respect
to the  financial  statements  and  schedules of the Kansas City Life  Insurance
Company  Savings and Profit  Sharing  Plan  included in the Annual  Report (Form
11-K) for the year ended December 31, 1998.


                                                     /s/Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
March 26, 1999









WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


                                                  Exhibit 27, Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company


<ARTICLE>                                           7
<CIK>                              0000054473
<NAME>                        Kansas City Life Insurance Company
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1998
<DEBT-HELD-FOR-SALE>                             2,004,516<F1>
<DEBT-CARRYING-VALUE>                              115,504<F2>
<DEBT-MARKET-VALUE>                                123,515<F2>
<EQUITIES>                                         100,749<F3>
<MORTGAGE>                                         315,705
<REAL-ESTATE>                                       83,228<F4>
<TOTAL-INVEST>                                   2,832,408
<CASH>                                              75,923
<RECOVER-REINSURE>                                 117,772
<DEFERRED-ACQUISITION>                             218,957
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,577,414
<POLICY-LOSSES>                                    822,342
<UNEARNED-PREMIUMS>                                      0
<POLICY-OTHER>                                      34,347
<POLICY-HOLDER-FUNDS>                            1,869,021<F5>
<NOTES-PAYABLE>                                          0
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                            23,121
<OTHER-SE>                                         554,812
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     3,577,414
                                         150,951
<INVESTMENT-INCOME>                                198,181
<INVESTMENT-GAINS>                                  11,426
<OTHER-INCOME>                                     123,279
<BENEFITS>                                         283,340
<UNDERWRITING-AMORTIZATION>                         36,201
<UNDERWRITING-OTHER>                                 7,585<F6>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     67,949
<INCOME-TAX>                                        19,437
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 48,512
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                        48,512
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         7.83
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         7.83
<RESERVE-OPEN>                                           0
<PROVISION-CURRENT>                                      0
<PROVISION-PRIOR>                                        0
<PAYMENTS-CURRENT>                                       0
<PAYMENTS-PRIOR>                                         0
<RESERVE-CLOSE>                                          0
<CUMULATIVE-DEFICIENCY>                                  0
        


<FN>

Footnotes:
<F1> Debt securities held for sale represent FASB 115 available for sale fixed
     maturity securities reported on a current value basis, and do not include
     trading securities or securities held to maturity.

<F2> Debt securities represent FASB 115 held to maturity fixed maturity
     securities, and do not include trading securities or securities available
     for sale.

<F3> Equity securities include equity securities that are available for sale
     under FASB 115.

<F4> Real Estate includes real estate joint ventures.

<F5> Policyholder funds include accumulated contract values as defined by FASB
     97, dividend and coupon accumulations and other policyowner funds.

<F6> Underwriting expenses - other represent amortization of the value of
     purchased insurance in force.

</FN>


</TABLE>


                                                  Exhibit 99(a), Form 10-K
                                                  Kansas City Life
                                                  Insurance Company








                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D. C. 20549


                                      FORM 11-K







            [ ]             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
                          For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998



                                         OR



            [ ]        TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d)
                 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
                 For the transition period from __________ to ___________



                           Commission File Number 2-40764



         A.  Kansas City Life Insurance Company Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
             3520 Broadway
             Kansas City, Missouri 64111-2565



         B.  Kansas City Life Insurance Company
             3520 Broadway
             Kansas City, Missouri 64111-2565




Kansas City Life
Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
(formerly the Kansas City Life
Insurance Company Savings
and Investment Plan)


Financial Statements

1998


Statement of Net Assets
  Available for Plan Benefits               1-2

Statement of Changes in Net Assets
  Available for Plan Benefits               3-4

Notes to Financial Statements               5-8

    Supplemental Schedules

Assets Held for Investment                    9

Transactions in Excess of Five
  Percent of the Current Value
  of the Plan Assets                         10

Report of Independent Auditors











<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Statement of Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
December 31, 1998
(in thousands)

                                        Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Loan
                                        I       II      III     IV      V       VI      VII     VIII    IX      Fund    Total

<S>                                     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Assets
Investments, at fair value:
  Twentieth Century Growth              5,295       -         -       -    -        -       -       -       -       -    5,295
  Kansas City Life common stock             -   4,182    31,390       -    -        -       -       -       -       -   35,572
  Met Life Guar. Interest Contract          -       -         -   5,258    -        -       -       -       -       -    5,258
  Vanguard Bond Index Fund                  -       -         -       -  748        -       -       -       -       -      748
  Templeton Foreign Fund                    -       -         -       -    -    2,511       -       -       -       -    2,511
  Vanguard Balanced Index Fund              -       -         -       -    -        -   1,119       -       -       -    1,119
  Fidelity Value Fund                       -       -         -       -    -        -       -   3,358       -       -    3,358
  Vanguard Extended Market Fund             -       -         -       -    -        -       -       -   1,416       -    1,416
Loans to participants                       -       -         -       -    -        -       -       -       -   1,269    1,269
      Total investments                 5,295   4,182    31,390   5,258  748    2,511   1,119   3,358   1,416   1,269   56,546

Cash                                       39      -5        81      23    5       -3       9      39       7       -      195

Net assets available
    for plan benefits                   5,334   4,177    31,471   5,281  753    2,508   1,128   3,397   1,423   1,269   56,741


</TABLE>









See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.







1


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Statement of Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
December 31, 1997
(in thousands)

                                        Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Loan
                                        I       II      III     IV      V       VI      VII     VIII    IX      Fund    Total
<S>                                     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Assets
Investments, at fair value:
  Twentieth Century Growth              3,560       -         -       -    -        -     -         -       -       -    3,560
  Kansas City Life common stock             -   5,508    33,151       -    -        -     -         -       -       -   38,659
  Met Life Guar. Interest Contract          -       -         -   5,258    -        -     -         -       -       -    5,258
  Vanguard Bond Index Fund                  -       -         -       -  676        -     -         -       -       -      676
  Templeton Foreign Fund                    -       -         -       -    -    2,610     -         -       -       -    2,610
  Vanguard Balanced Index Fund              -       -         -       -    -        -   632         -       -       -      632
  Fidelity Value Fund                       -       -         -       -    -        -     -     3,168       -       -    3,168
  Vanguard Extended Market Fund             -       -         -       -    -        -     -         -   1,065       -    1,065
Loans to participants                       -       -         -       -    -        -     -         -       -   1,159    1,159
      Total investments                 3,560   5,508    33,151   5,258  676    2,610   632     3,168   1,065   1,159   56,787

Cash                                       15      13        86      22    4      (68)   26         8      51       -      157

Net assets available

    for plan benefits                   3,575   5,521    33,237   5,280  680    2,542   658     3,176   1,116   1,159   56,944







</TABLE>





See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.







2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Statement of Changes in Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
Year ended December 31, 1998
(in thousands)

                                        Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Loan
                                        I       II      III     IV      V       VI      VII     VIII    IX      Fund    Total

<S>                                   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Contributions:
  Employer                                -        -     1,448      -       -       -       -      -       -       -    1,448
  Employee                              486      226         -    314      71     288     120    443     201       -    2,149
  Rollover                                7        -         -      -      10       -       -     24      17       -       58
                                        493      226     1,448    314      81     288     120    467     218       -    3,655

Investment income, net:
  Interest                                -        -         8    329       -       -       -      -       -       -      337
  Interest on participant loans          27        8         -     17       3      11       5     21      10       -      102
  Dividends                             869      103       681      -      44     266      38    463     108       -    2,572
  Net appreciation (depreciation)
     on investments                     488     (170)   (1,490)     -      13    (378)    109   (473)      1       -   (1,900)
    Net investment income             1,384      (59)     (801)   346      60    (101)    152     11     119       -    1,111




Employee withdrawals                   (118)  (1,739)   (2,374)  (420)    (43)    (77)     (9)  (136)    (14)      -   (4,930)
Forfeitures                               -        -       (39)     -       -       -       -      -       -       -      (39)
Participant loans:  Made               (201)     (54)        -   (192)    (31)    (69)    (20)   (95)    (35)    697        -
                    Repaid              153       39         -    114      17      66      22    128      48    (587)       -
Transfer from (to) other funds           48      243         -   (161)    (11)   (141)    205   (154)    (29)      -        -



Net assets available for
   plan benefits:
  Net increase (decrease)             1,759   (1,344)   (1,766)     1      73     (34)    470    221     307     110     (203)
  Beginning of year                   3,575   (5,521)   33,237  5,280     680   2,542     658  3,176   1,116   1,159   56,944


      End of year                     5,334    4,177    31,471  5,281     753   2,508   1,128  3,397   1,423   1,269   56,741

</TABLE>


See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Statement of Changes in Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
Year ended December 31, 1997
(in thousands)

                                        Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Fund    Loan
                                        I       II      III     IV      V       VI      VII     VIII    IX      Fund    Total

<S>                                   <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Contributions:
  Employer                                -       -    1,809       -       -       -       -       -       -       -    1,809
  Employee                              343     193        -     300      71     288      78     402     134       -    1,809
                                        343     193    1,809     300      71     288      78     402     134       -    3,618

Investment income, net:
  Interest                                -       -       11     314       -       -       -       -       -       -      325
  Interest on participant loans          21       8        -      16       2      12       4      20       6       -       89
  Dividends                             524     115      663       -      43     277      24     426      72       -    2,144
  Net appreciation (depreciation)
     on investments                     228   1,693    9,721       -      17    (106)     78     100     120       -   11,851
    Net investment income               773   1,816   10,395     330      62     183     106     546     198       -   14,409




Employee withdrawals                   (111)   (206)  (1,483)   (525)    (25)   (116)    (12)   (144)    (44)      -   (2,666)
Forfeitures                               -       -      (62)      -       -       -       -       -       -       -      (62)
Participant loans:  Made               (133)    (64)       -    (185)    (12)    (76)     (4)   (130)     (8)    612        -
                    Repaid              111      72        -      90      10      60      12      98      30    (483)       -
Transfer from (to) other funds           40    (517)       -     555     (70)   (105)     91    (101)    107       -        -



Net assets available for
   plan benefits:
  Net increase (decrease)             1,023   1,294   10,659     565      36     234     271     671     417     129   15,299
  Beginning of year                   2,552   4,227   22,578   4,715     644   2,308     387   2,505     699   1,030   41,645


      End of year                     3,575   5,521   33,237   5,280     680   2,542     658   3,176   1,116   1,159   56,944

</TABLE>


See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


4




Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Notes To Financial Statements


ORGANIZATION

The Kansas City Life  Insurance  Company  Savings and Profit  Sharing  Plan (the
Plan),  formerly the Kansas City Life Insurance  Company  Savings and Investment
Plan,  is a defined  contribution  benefit  plan  sponsored  by Kansas City Life
Insurance Company (the Company) and is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).  The Plan is administered by a
committee  appointed by the  Executive  Committee of the Company.  On January 1,
1988,  the original plan was revised to  incorporate  the  provisions of Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The cash and investments of the Plan are in
the custody of three  trustees who are also  officers of the  Company.  The Plan
consists of nine funds.  Fund I invests in a growth stock fund. Funds II and III
invest in the Company's  common stock.  All Company  contributions  and earnings
thereon  are  included  in Fund III.  Fund IV invests in a  guaranteed  interest
contract.  Fund V invests in an investment grade bond fund. Fund VI invests in a
managed  global  common stock fund.  Fund VII invests in a balanced  index fund.
Fund VIII  invests in a capital  appreciation  stock fund.  Fund IX invests in a
small capitalization stock index fund.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  financial  statements  of the Plan have been  prepared on the
basis of generally accepted accounting principles.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Valuation of Investments

The  investments  of the Plan in Funds I and V through IX are  reported  at fair
value based upon net asset value of the mutual fund shares held. The investments
in Funds II and III are reported at fair value based upon December's average bid
price.  Investments  in Fund IV are reported at the contract  value as stated in
the guaranteed  interest  contract,  which  approximates fair value. The cost of
investments sold is determined on the average cost basis.



5



NOTES TO fINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


Expenses

With the exception of mutual fund administrative fees, costs associated with the
administration of the Plan are borne by the Company.

Reclassification

Certain 1997 amounts have been reclassified to conform with 1998 presentation.

ELIGIBILITY

Each  employee,  who is at least 21 years of age and has  completed  one year of
employment,  with a minimum of 1,000  hours of  employment  from date of hire is
qualified to participate in the Plan.

CONTRIBUTIONS

Participants  may elect to  contribute a percentage of their  unreduced  monthly
base salary to the Plan. In 1997,  participants could contribute from one to ten
percent of their  salary.  Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Plan was  amended to
increase the maximum  contribution to 15 percent.  Contribution  percentages can
only be changed once in any six-month period.  The maximum  contribution for any
participant who is classified as highly compensated is six percent.  The maximum
contribution  for an  individual  participant  was $10,000 in 1998 and $9,500 in
1997.

The Company  matches  participant  contributions  using  current or  accumulated
earnings and  profits.  Matching  contributions  are made to the Plan as soon as
practical after the end of each month. The Company's  contributions  are made in
common stock of the Company,  which is valued at the average of its bid price on
the over-the-counter market for all business days following the previous monthly
valuation date. In 1997, the Company  matched 100 percent of each  participant's
contribution  to the Plan.  Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Plan was amended to
reduce the match to up to 6 percent of salary. The Plan was also amended in that
the Company may  contribute a profit sharing amount of up to 4 percent of salary
depending upon the Company's profit performance. No profit sharing contributions
were made in 1998.

WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

The Plan allows a participant to withdraw all or a part of the value of his
or her account which was contributed prior to January 1, 1988.  The value of
a participant account attributable to contributions after that date may not be
withdrawn except in cases of extreme financial hardship.  Hardship withdrawals
are subject to the approval of the Administrative Committee, and any such
withdrawal will be limited to the amount of actual contributions made to the
Plan.  Gains associated with the contributions or any of the matching Fund III
amounts may not be withdrawn for any reason.

Participants may request a loan from the 401(k) portion of their elective
accounts under the terms and conditions established by the Administrative
Committee.  The amount that may be borrowed is limited in accordance with the
Internal Revenue Code Section 72(p).  Loans will be made for a period no
longer than five years, except for a loan used to acquire a primary residence,
which may be for up to ten years.



6



NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


INVESTMENTS

The guaranteed interest contract held by the Plan provided an average yield of
6.52 percent and 6.34 percent during 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Crediting
rates were 6.55 percent and 6.35 percent at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  These rates are reset every three months.

The fair value of individual investments that represent 5 percent or more of
the Plan's participating employees' net assets available for plan benefits
follows.
                                                          1998    1997
                                                          (in thousands)
Twentieth Century Growth Stock Fund,
 194,970 shares  - 1998 and 148,251 shares  - 1997.      5,295   3,560
Kansas City Life Insurance Company common stock,
 430,265 shares - 1998 and 445,954 shares - 1997.       35,572  38,659
Met Life Managed Guaranteed Interest Contract            5,258   5,258
Fidelity Value Fund
 72,449 shares - 1998 and 58,613 shares - 1997.          3,358   3,168



The fair value of the Plan's investments has changed as follows.

                                  1998                           1997

                                  Net                           Net
                              Appreciation                  Appreciation
                             (Depreciation)                (Depreciation)
                Fair Value    In Fair Value     Fair Value  In Fair Value
                    (in thousands)                   (in thousands)

Fund I         $5,295            488            $3,560            228
     II         4,182           (170)            5,508          1,693
     III       31,390         (1,490)           33,151          9,721
     IV         5,258              -             5,258              -
     V            748             13               676             17
     VI         2,511           (378)            2,610           (106)
     VII        1,119            109               632             78
     VIII       3,358           (473)            3,168            100
     IX         1,416              1             1,065            120

Total         $55,277         (1,900)          $55,628         11,851

7

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


VESTING

Company  contributions  vest to the  participant 30 percent after three years of
employment,  40 percent  after four years and an additional 20 percent each year
thereafter until the participant is fully vested in Company  contributions after
seven years.

PLAN DOCUMENT

The Plan document is available upon request.  Participants  should refer to this
document for a more complete description of the Plan's provisions.

TAX STATUS

The Internal Revenue Service has issued a determination  letter dated October 3,
1995  that,  in form,  the Plan  and  Trust  forming  a part  thereof,  meet the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a) as a qualified plan and
trust. If the Plan qualifies in operation,  the Trust's  earnings will be exempt
from  taxation,  the  Company's  contributions  will  be  deductible,  and  each
participant  will  incur no  current  tax  liability  on  either  the  Company's
contributions or any earnings of the trust credited to the participant's account
prior to the time that such  contributions  or earnings  are  withdrawn  or made
available to the participant. At the time a distribution occurs, whether because
of retirement,  termination, death, disability or voluntary withdrawal of funds,
any amounts  distributed  comprised of Company  contributions,  employee  pretax
contributions,  and earnings on  contributions of the Company or the participant
shall be taxed to the  participant  at the tax  rate  then in  effect.  The Plan
administrator  believes  the  Plan is  being  operated  in  compliance  with the
applicable  requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and,  therefore,  believes
that the Plan is qualified and the related trust is tax-exempt.

PLAN TERMINATION

Although the Company has not  expressed any intent to terminate the Plan, it may
do so at any time by adoption of a written  resolution by the Company's Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Upon termination
of the Plan, participants' accounts would become fully vested and nonforfeitable
and distributions would be made as promptly as possible.

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 (unaudited)

The Company is currently converting to a new administrative system which will be
year 2000 compliant. It is anticipated that this conversion will be completed by
September 1999. The costs related to becoming year 2000 ready are minor and will
be borne by the  Company  and  therefore  will not have an effect on the  Plan's
financial statements.


8

Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Assets Held for Investment
December 31, 1998
(in thousands, except shares)

                                                Number of
                                                Shares or
Description of Investments                      Par Value      Cost   Fair Value

Common stock:
Kansas City Life Insurance Company *            430,265 shares  16,389   35,572

Mutual funds:
Twentieth Century Growth Stock Fund             194,970 shares   3,726    5,295
Met Life Managed Guar. Interest Contract        $5,258 par value 5,258    5,258
Vanguard Bond Index Fund                        72,856 shares      722      748
Templeton Foreign Fund                          299,258 shares   2,670    2,511
Vanguard Balanced Index Fund                    60,528 shares      889    1,119
Fidelity Value Fund                             72,449 shares    3,369    3,358
Vanguard Index Trust-Extended Market Fund       46,248 shares    1,235    1,416
    Total mutual funds                                          17,869   19,705

Loans:
Loans to participants (interest rates range from
  6.5% to 10.0%)                                -                1,269    1,269

                                                                35,527   56,546



* Party-in-interest to the Plan.



9

Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Investment Plan
Transactions in Excess of
Five Percent of the Current Value of the Plan Assets
Year ended December 31, 1998
(in thousands, except shares)


Party Involved and
Description of Asset    Transactions    Shares   Cost  Consideration  Net Gain


Category (iii)--series of transactions in excess of 5 percent of plan assets:

Kansas City Life
  common stock *          14 buys       21,979  $1,883          -           -

Kansas City Life
  common stock *          8 sells       37,668   1,344      3,310       1,966



There were no category (i), (ii), or (iv) reportable transactions during 1998.




* Party-in-interest to the Plan.




10


Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Trustees
Kansas City Life Insurance Company
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

We have audited the  accompanying  statements  of net assets  available for plan
benefits of the Kansas City Life  Insurance  Company  Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan  (formerly the Kansas City Life  Insurance  Company  Savings and Investment
Plan) (the Plan) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
changes in net assets  available  for plan  benefits  for the years then  ended.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the net assets available for plan benefits of the Plan at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the changes in its net assets available for plan
benefits  for the  years  then  ended  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

Our audits  were  performed  for the  purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The accompanying  supplemental  schedules
of assets held for investment as of December 31, 1998 and transactions in excess
of 5% of the current  value of plan assets for the year then ended are presented
for purposes of complying with the  Department of Labor's Rules and  Regulations
for Reporting and Disclosure under the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act
of 1974 and are not a required part of the basic financial statements.  The Fund
Information in the statements of net assets  available for plan benefits and the
statements of changes in net assets available for plan benefits is presented for
purposes of additional  analysis rather than to present the net assets available
for plan benefits and changes in net assets  available for plan benefits of each
fund. The supplemental schedules and Fund Information have been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in our audits of the basic financial statements and,
in our opinion,  are fairly  stated in all material  respects in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole.


/s/Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
February 24, 1999





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission